You are on page 1of 404

Service

Workshop Manual
Touareg 2010 ➤
Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering
Edition 01.2018

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
00 - Technical data
40 - Front suspension
42 - Rear suspension
43 - Self-levelling suspension
44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
48 - Steering

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Contents

00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Checklist for evaluating running gear of accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

40 - Front suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1 Evaluating accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 Lifting front axle in unladen state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 Overview - front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4 Assembly overview: subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.1 Repairing thread in longitudinal member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.2 Fixing subframe in position, vehicles with V6 engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.3 Fixing subframe in position, vehicles with V8 engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.4 Removing and installing subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.5 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at front for V6 engines . . 22
4.6 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at front for V8 engines . . 28
4.7 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at rear for V6 engines . . 34
4.8 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at rear for V8 engines . . 38
5 Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link
........................................................................ 44
5.1 Removing and installing upper suspension link, vehicles with steel spring struts . . . . . . . . 46
5.2 Removing and installing upper suspension link, vehicles with air spring struts . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.3 Repairing upper suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
5.4 Checking swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.5 Removing and installing lower suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.6 Repairing lower suspension link - pressing in and out bonded rubber bushes (camber adjuster
screw connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5.7 Repairing lower suspension link - pressing in and out bonded rubber bushes (caster adjuster
screw connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
5.8 Repairing lower suspension link - pressing in and out bonded rubber bushes (spring strut
connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
5.9 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6 Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 17 running gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
6.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing for 17" running gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7 Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 18" running gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
7.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit for 18"/19" running gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7.2 Repairing wheel bearing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8 Assembly overview: anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.1 Removing and installing anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
8.2 Removing and installing coupling rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
8.3 Removing and installing bush for anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
9 Assembly overview - front steel spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.1 Assignment of spacers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
9.2 Installation position of spacers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
9.3 Removing and installing steel spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
9.4 Repairing front steel spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
10 Front air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
10.1 Instructions for repairing air spring struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
10.2 Air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
10.3 Pressure retention valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
10.4 Gaskets and seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
10.5 Nuts and bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
10.6 Front air spring strut components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Contents i
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10.7 Assembly overview - front air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110


10.8 Removing and installing air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
10.9 Repairing front air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
10.10 Removing and installing pressure retention valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
11 Assembly overview: drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
11.1 Loosening and tightening 12-point nut securing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
11.2 Removing and installing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
11.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
11.4 Checking outer joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

42 - Rear suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141


1 Evaluating accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
2 Raising rear axle in unladen state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3 Overview - rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
4 Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
4.1 Repairing thread in rear longitudinal member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
4.2 Fixing position of subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
4.3 Removing and installing subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
4.4 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
4.5 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
5 Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
5.1 Removing and installing front upper transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
5.2 Removing and installing upper rear transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
5.3 Removing and installing track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
5.4 Removing and installing lower transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
6 Assembly overview: wheel bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.2 Repairing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
6.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
6.4 Repairing wheel bearing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
7 Assembly overview - rear suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8 Assembly overview: anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
8.1 Removing and installing anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
8.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
8.3 Removing and installing coupling rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9 Assembly overview - steel spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
9.1 Assignment of spacers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
9.2 Installation position of spacers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
9.3 Removing and installing steel spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
9.4 Repairing rear steel spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
10 Rear air spring damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
10.1 Instructions for repairing air spring struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
10.2 Air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
10.3 Pressure retention valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
10.4 Gaskets and seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
10.5 Nuts and bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
10.6 Rear air spring strut components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
10.7 Assembly overview - rear air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
10.8 Removing and installing air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
10.9 Replacing bellows for air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
10.10 Repairing rear air spring strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
10.11 Removing and installing pressure retention valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
11 Assembly overview: drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
11.1 Loosening and tightening 12-point nut securing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

ii Contents
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

11.2 Removing and installing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248


11.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

43 - Self-levelling suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258


1 Evaluating accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2 Jacking mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
3 Fault finding, air spring strut and self-levelling suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
4 Self-levelling suspension components and fitting locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
4.1 Removing and installing adaptive suspension control unit J197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
4.2 Removing and installing front left and right body acceleration senders G341/G342 . . . . . . 265
4.3 Assembly overview - front left/right vehicle level senders G78/G289 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
4.4 Removing and installing front left/right vehicle level sender G78/G289 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
4.5 Assembly overview - rear left/right vehicle level senders G76/G77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
4.6 Removing and installing rear left/right vehicle level sender G76/G77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
4.7 Removing and installing accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
4.8 Filling the accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
4.9 Repairing air line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
5 Assembly overview - compressor with adaptive suspension valve block NX7 . . . . . . . . . . 274
5.1 Removing and installing compressor without adaptive suspension valve block NX7 . . . . 275
5.2 Removing and installing compressor with adaptive suspension valve block NX7 . . . . . . 277
5.3 Removing and installing adaptive suspension valve block NX7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284


1 Evaluating accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
2 Specified torques for wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
3 Vehicle alignment check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
3.1 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
3.2 Conditions for testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
3.3 Test preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
3.4 Wheel alignment specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
3.5 Overview - wheel alignment procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
3.6 Adjusting camber at front wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
3.7 Adjusting camber on rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
3.8 Adjusting toe at rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
3.9 Adjusting caster on front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
3.10 Adjusting front axle toe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4 Vehicle data sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
5 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
5.1 General information on Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
5.2 Adjusting the automatic distance regulation sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
6 Lane departure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
6.1 General information about lane departure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
6.2 Calibrating the lane departure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

48 - Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1 Evaluating accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
2 Assembly overview - airbag and steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
2.1 Removing and installing airbag and steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
3 Assembly overview: steering column, left-hand drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
3.1 Removing and installing steering column, left-hand drive vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
3.2 Basic setting for steering angle sensor G85 steering angle sender must be checked after the
following repair work: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
3.3 Checking steering column for damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
3.4 Removing and installing electronic steering column lock control unit J764 . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Contents iii
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

3.5 Removing and installing control unit for electrically adjustable steering column J866 . . . . 328
4 Assembly overview: steering column, right-hand drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
4.1 Removing and installing steering column, right-hand drive vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
4.2 Basic setting for steering angle sensor G85 steering angle sender must be checked after the
following repair work: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
4.3 Checking steering column for damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
4.4 Removing and installing electronic steering column lock control unit J764 . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
4.5 Removing and installing control unit for electrically adjustable steering column J866 . . . . 340
5 Assembly overview: power steering, left-hand drive vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
5.1 Removing and installing power-assisted steering rack, left-hand drive vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 343
6 Assembly overview: power steering, right-hand drive vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
6.1 Removing and installing power steering rack, right-hand drive vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
7 Repairing power steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
7.1 Assembly overview: power steering rack, left-hand drive vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
7.2 Removing and installing track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
7.3 Removing and installing track rod ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
7.4 Removing and installing bellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
8 Vane pump, 6-cylinder petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
8.1 Checking vane pump delivery pressure, 6-cylinder petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
8.2 Assembly overview: vane pump, 6-cylinder petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
8.3 Removing and installing vane pump, 6-cylinder petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
9 Vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
9.1 Checking vane pump delivery pressure, 6-cylinder diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
9.2 Assembly overview - vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
9.3 Removing and installing vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
10 Vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
10.1 Checking vane pump delivery pressure, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . 376
10.2 Assembly overview: vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
10.3 Removing and installing vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
11 Assembly overview: hydraulic lines, 6-cylinder petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
12 Assembly overview - hydraulic lines, 6-cylinder diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
13 Assembly overview - hydraulic lines, 8-cylinder diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
14 Removing and installing oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
15 Motor/pump unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
15.1 Assembly overview - motor/pump unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
15.2 Removing and installing motor/pump unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
16 Bleeding steering system and checking for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
16.1 Bleeding steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
16.2 Check steering system for leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

iv Contents
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

00 – Technical data
1 Checklist for evaluating running gear
of accident vehicles
(VRL011248; Edition 01.2018)
Damage to running gear may go unnoticed during repairs to load-
bearing and suspension parts of accident vehicles. Under certain
circumstances, this undiscovered damage could lead to serious
consequential damage during later vehicle operation. Therefore,
the following parts of accident vehicles must be examined in the
manner and order described independent of wheel alignment
which may have to be performed. If no deviations from specifica‐
tions are measured during wheel alignment, there are no defor‐
mations of the running gear.
Visual and functional examination of steering system
♦ Visual examination for deformation and cracks
♦ Examination for play in track rod joints and steering rack
♦ Visual examination for tears in boots
♦ Examine electrical and hydraulic lines and hoses for chafing,
cuts and kinks.
♦ Check hydraulic lines, threaded connections and steering rack
for leaks.
♦ Check steering rack and lines for secure seating
♦ Check for flawless function from lock to lock by moving the
steering from stop to stop. In the process, the steering wheel
must turn with a constant force without resistance.
Visual inspection and functional check of running gear
• Adhere to the sequence of the following inspection steps!
♦ Check all components shown in the assembly overviews for
deformation, cracks and other damage.
♦ Renew damaged parts
♦ Align wheels on a Volkswagen AG-approved wheel alignment
stand
Visual and functional check of wheels and tyres
♦ Check for true running and imbalance ⇒ Wheels, tyres, wheel
alignment; Rep. gr. 44
♦ Check tyres for cuts and impact damage in the tread and on
the flanks ⇒ Wheels, tyres, wheel alignment; Rep. gr. 44
♦ Check tyre pressure; see tyre pressure sticker in fuel tank flap
or ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet ; Checking tyres: Condition, wear
pattern, inflation pressure, tread depth
If rim of wheel and/or tyre is damaged, renew tyre. This also ap‐
plies if the circumstances of the accident and the damage to the
vehicle indicate possible damage which is not visible.
A further factor in the decision is the age of the tyre. Tyres should
not be older than 6 years.
If in doubt, the following always applies:
• Whenever a safety risk cannot be excluded, the tyre(s) must
be renewed.

1. Checklist for evaluating running gear of accident vehicles 1


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Complete vehicle
Check other vehicle systems as well, for example:
♦ Brake system including ABS
♦ Visual and functional examination of exhaust system and pas‐
senger protection
Specifications for testing and adjusting can be found in the re‐
spective workshop manual in ELSA.
The accident vehicle check described here applies to the running
gear. This makes no claim to completeness for the overall vehicle.
Electronic vehicle systems
Safety-relevant systems like, for example, ABS/EDL; airbags;
electronically regulated suspension systems; electromechanical
or electrohydraulic steering and other driver assist systems must
be read with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information sys‐
tem - VAS 5051B- for possible stored fault messages. If faults are
saved in the event memories of the systems mentioned above,
repair them according to instructions in workshop manuals in EL‐
SA. Following repairs, read event memories of the affected sys‐
tems again to ensure that complete function has been restored.

2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

2 General information
Information concerning wheels, tyres and snow chains can be
found in “Wheel and Tyre Guide” ⇒ Wheels, tyres, wheel align‐
ment; Rep. gr. 44 .

2. General information 3
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

40 – Front suspension
1 Evaluating accident vehicles
A check list for evaluating running gear of accident vehicles can
be found under ⇒ page 1 .

4 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

2 Lifting front axle in unladen state

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Tensioning strap - T10038-
♦ Support - T10149-

Caution

All bolts on running gear components with bonded rubber


bushes may be tightened only when the component is in the
unladen position (normal position).
Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent.
Axle components with bonded rubber bushes must therefore
be brought to a position equivalent to the unladen (normal) po‐
sition before being tightened.
Otherwise, the bonded rubber bush would be subject to torsion
loading, shortening its service life.

2. Lifting front axle in unladen state 5


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

To simulate this position on the lifting platform, raise the respec‐


tive wheel suspension with the engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G
1383 A- and support - T10149- .
Before the axle on one side is raised, both sides of the vehicle
must be strapped to the lifting platform arms with tensioning
straps - T10038- .

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, there is a danger that the


vehicle will slip off the lifting platform/hoist.

– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.
– Attach support - T10149- to wheel hub using wheel bolt.
Respective nuts and bolts may be tightened only when dimension
-a- between the centre of wheel hub and edge of wheel housing
has been attained.
The dimension -a- depends on the ride height of the installed run‐
ning gear:

Running gear 1) Ride height -a- in mm


Steel spring strut 1BA/1BE 478 ± 10 mm
Steel spring strut 1BB 488 ± 10 mm
Air spring strut 1BK/1BY 475 ± 10 mm
Air spring strut 2MA 450 ± 10 mm
1)The type of running gear fitted to the vehicle is recorded on the
vehicle data sticker. The running gear is identified by the PR
number. Which PR. No. refers to which running gear can be found
here ⇒ page 297 .
– Raise wheel bearing housing using engine and gearbox jack
- V.A.G 1383 A- until dimension -a- is attained.

WARNING

♦ Never raise or lower the vehicle while the engine and


gearbox jack is positioned beneath the vehicle.
♦ Do not leave engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
under vehicle longer than necessary.

– Tighten respective nuts and bolts.


– Lower wheel bearing housing.
– Pull engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- out from under
vehicle.
– Detach support - T10149- .

6 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

3 Overview - front axle

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 5 .

I - Assembly overview: sub‐


frame ⇒ page 9
II - Assembly overview - front
wheel suspension, lower sus‐
pension link, upper suspen‐
sion link ⇒ page 44
III - Assembly overview - wheel
bearing, 17" running gear
⇒ page 69
IV - Assembly overview - wheel
bearing, 18" running gear
⇒ page 75

3. Overview - front axle 7


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

V - Assembly overview: anti-


roll bar ⇒ page 85
IV - Assembly overview - front
steel spring strut ⇒ page 95
V - Front air spring strut
⇒ page 107 .

8 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4 Assembly overview: subframe

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 5 .

1 - Front final drive


❑ Removing and installing
⇒ Transfer box and final
drive; Rep. gr. 39 ; Re‐
moving and installing
front final drive .
2 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
3 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
4 - Subframe
❑ Fixing in position for ve‐
hicles with V6 engines
⇒ page 11 .
❑ Fixing in position for ve‐
hicles with V8 engines
⇒ page 12 .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 14
❑ Repairing, bonded rub‐
ber bushes in direction
of travel at front for V6
engines ⇒ page 22
❑ Repairing, bonded rub‐
ber bushes in direction
of travel at front for V8
engines ⇒ page 28
❑ Repairing, bonded rub‐
ber bushes in direction
of travel at rear for V6
engines ⇒ page 34
❑ Repairing, bonded rub‐
ber bushes in direction of travel at rear for V8 engines ⇒ page 38
5 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Removing and installing in direction of travel at front for V6 engines ⇒ page 22
❑ Removing and installing in direction of travel at front for V8 engines ⇒ page 28
❑ Removing and installing in direction of travel at rear for V6 engines ⇒ page 34
❑ Removing and installing in direction of travel at rear for V8 engines ⇒ page 38

4. Assembly overview: subframe 9


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

6 - Thrust washer
❑ Opening faces in direction opposite to travel direction
❑ Only V8-TDI
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
7 - Bolt
❑ 120 Nm + 180°
❑ Renew after each removal
8 - Eccentric washer
❑ Inner hole with lug
9 - Nut
❑ 170 Nm
❑ Renew after each removal
10 - Lower suspension link
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 53
❑ Tapered pin must be free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with a dry cloth but do not use cleaning solutions.
11 - Eccentric bolt
❑ If loosened, wheel alignment must be performed
❑ Do not turn more than 90° in either direction (i.e. from minimum to maximum adjustment position).
12 - Bolt
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
13 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
14 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each removal

4.1 Repairing thread in longitudinal member


Repairing the thread in captive nuts in the longitudinal member is
possible only under certain conditions ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr.
50 .

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

10 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4.2 Fixing subframe in position, vehicles with V6 engines

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Locating pins - T10300-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .

4. Assembly overview: subframe 11


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove one of the rear bolts of the subframe -arrow-

– Screw in locating pins - T10300- -1-.

– Screw in locating pins - T10300- »by hand« as far as the


marking -B-.
– Now, tighten locating pins - T10300- to 30 Nm, counterholding
sleeve with open-jaw spanner on flats to prevent its turning.
– This must now be done for the second rear bolt of the sub‐
frame.
The position of the subframe is now fixed.
Remove locating devices - T10300- in reverse order.

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts

4.3 Fixing subframe in position, vehicles


with V8 engines
Special tools and workshop equipment required

12 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Counter-hold tool - T10172-

♦ Insert - T10172/10-
♦ Locating pins - T10463-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Perform the following steps:


– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .
– Remove one of the rear bolts of the subframe -arrow-

4. Assembly overview: subframe 13


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Screw in locating pins - T10463- -1-.


– Tighten locating pins - T10463- to 30 Nm.
– This must now be done for the second rear bolt of the sub‐
frame.
The position of the subframe is now fixed.
Locating pins - T10463- are removed in reverse order.

– Bolt on subframe using new bolts -1-.


Ensure shims -2- are installed in correct fitting location.
– Open side -arrow- of shim -2- points to rear (opposite to normal
direction of travel).

– When tightening bolt -arrow-, hold thrust washer -3- in position


with counter-hold tool - T10172- .
1- Counter-hold tool - T10172-
2- Insert - T10172/10-
3- Thrust washer

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts

4.4 Removing and installing subframe

14 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hose clamps to 25 mm - 3094-


♦ Spring tensioner - VW 552-
♦ Bits XZN 12 - T10099-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-

4. Assembly overview: subframe 15


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Scissor-type assembly platform - VAS 6131-

♦ Left subframe mounting - VAS 6131/6-1-


♦ Right subframe mounting - VAS 6131/6-2-
♦ Left running gear support - VAS 6131/6-3-
♦ Right running gear support - VAS 6131/6-4-
♦ Support (2 x) - VAS 6131/6-5-
♦ 2 bolts M14 x 1.5 x 90, for example Bolts - N 104 281 01-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Brief description:
The subframe is removed using the assembly platform. The front
securing points of engine carrier must be secured with shorter
bolts. Subframe is removed with steering rack, front final drive,
lower suspension links and wheel bearing housings. The air
spring struts/steel spring struts and the suspension links remain
on the vehicle.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove front wheels.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for all vehicles
– Detach suction hose from servo oil container -2-.
1- Hose clamp - 3094-

16 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert spring tensioner - VW 552- -1- into upper opening of


wheel housing and attach to top suspension link on both sides
of the vehicle.
– Slightly pretension suspension link so that the ball pivot of the
suspension link is not damaged.

– Remove upper bracket for brake line -1 - from wheel bearing


housing -arrow-.

– Pull connector -1- and cable out of the bracket -3-.


– Undo bolt -2- and remove lower bracket for brake line -3- from
wheel bearing housing.

– Slacken off nut of suspension link at top but do not remove yet.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out top suspension link


1- Ball joint puller - T10187-
– Detach brake hoses from brake lines in wheel housing.

4. Assembly overview: subframe 17


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Detach return line.


1- Hose clamp - 3094-
– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .

– Release connector -1- at solenoid valve for Servotronic and


pull off. - N119- .

– Unbolt hydraulic line bracket -1-.


– Disconnect pressure and return lines -2- from steering rack.
– Disconnect all electrical lines from body to axle.
– Remove propshaft from front final drive and lift and tie in place
⇒ Transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ; Final drive, dif‐
ferential .

– Remove bolts (if any) -arrows-.


– Remove heat shield -1- from steering rack -2-.
– Turn steering rack to full right lock.

18 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew and remove bolt -arrow- of universal joint -1-.


– Pull universal joint -1- off power-assisted steering rack -2-.

– Bolt supports onto scissor-type assembly platform - VAS


6131- as shown in the illustration.
1- Left subframe mounting - VAS 6131/6-1-
2- Right subframe mounting - VAS 6131/6-2-
3- Right running gear support - VAS 6131/6-4-
4- Left running gear support - VAS 6131/6-3-
5- Subframe mounting - VAS 6131/6-5-

– Support subframe with assembly platform.


1- Left running gear support - VAS 6131/6-3-
2- Left subframe mounting - VAS 6131/6-1-
3- Subframe mounting - VAS 6131/6-5-

4. Assembly overview: subframe 19


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolt -1- for strut -2- from suspension link.

– Unbolt left and right coupling rods -1- from anti-roll bar.
– Fixing subframe in position, vehicles with V6 engines
⇒ page 11 .
– Fixing subframe in position, vehicles with V8 engines
⇒ page 12 .

– Remove front subframe bolts -1-.

– Lower subframe -1- by about 50 mm with help of scissor-type


assembly platform - VAS 6131- .
– Use two bolts M14 x 1.5 x 90, for example bolts - N 104 281
01- to secure engine carrier to body on left and right -2-.
– Carefully pull breather line off front final drive.
– Slowly lower subframe, all the time making sure there is suf‐
ficient clearance.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Installing propshaft ⇒ Transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ;
Final drive, differential .
– Bolt on subframe using new bolts.

20 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit universal joint -1- onto steering rack and tighten bolt
-arrow- to specified torque.

– Bolt heat shield (if there is one) -1- onto steering rack -2-
-arrows-.

– Remove hose clamp - 3094- -1- of return line on servo reser‐


voir -2-.

– Remove hose clamp - 3094- -1- of return line.

Note

♦ If the subframe is replaced, the suspension link must be con‐


verted.
♦ Check wheel alignment after completing the installation.

– Install front wheels and tighten ⇒ page 285 .


– Bleed brake system ⇒ Rep. gr. 47 ; Bleeding brake system .

4. Assembly overview: subframe 21


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Upper suspension link to wheel bearing housing 85 Nm
♦ Use new nuts.

Union joint of pressure and return lines at steering rack 32 Nm


Universal joint to steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts.

Heat shield on steering rack/universal joint 9 Nm


Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts.

Coupling rod to anti-roll bar 110 Nm


♦ Use new nuts.

Air spring strut/steel spring strut to suspension link 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new bolts and nuts.

4.5 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at front for
V6 engines

Special tools and workshop

22 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

equipment required

♦ Assembly tool - T10301-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
♦ 2 bolts M14 x 1.5 x 90, for example Bolts - N 104 281 01-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .
– Remove propshaft from front final drive and lift and tie in place
⇒ Transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ; Final drive, dif‐
ferential .
– Remove bolts (if any) -arrows-.
– Remove heat shield -1- from steering rack -2-.
– Turn steering rack to full right lock.

– Unscrew and remove bolt -arrow- of universal joint -1-.


– Pull universal joint -1- off power-assisted steering rack -2-.

4. Assembly overview: subframe 23


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unbolt coupling rod bolted connections -1- on side on which


bonded rubber bush is to be replaced.
Vehicles with V6 TDI engine

Note

A damper is fitted on the right-hand side of vehicles with a V6 TDI


engine.

– Price cap -1- off damper -2- and remove securing bolt.
– Pull damper -2- off anti-roll bar clip.
Continued for all vehicles

– Remove bolts -arrows- for anti-roll bar clamp -1- from sub‐
frame on side on which bonded rubber bush is to be replaced.
– Remove anti-roll bar clamp -1-.

– Remove front subframe bolts -1-.


– Position engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under sub‐
frame.

24 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Lower subframe -1-.


a - Max. 40 mm

– Use two bolts M14 x 1.5 x 90, for example bolts - N 104 281
01- to secure engine carrier to body on left and right -2-.
Pressing out bonded rubber bush

– Fit support ring - T10301/8- -1- with narrow side -arrow- facing
subframe.
It must be easy to apply support ring - T10301/8- , and it must not
be canted.

4. Assembly overview: subframe 25


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/5-
2- Support ring - T10301/8-
3- Tube - T10301/3-
4- Spacer - T10301/9-
5- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
6- Nut - T10301/2-
7- Spindle - T10301/1-

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

– Press out bonded rubber bush.


Installation position

One of the two arrows -1- must point in direction of travel.


Pressing in bonded rubber bush

– Fit thrust plate - T10301/10- -1- with open side facing sub‐
frame.

Caution

When pressing in bonded rubber bush, ensure that thrust plate


- T10301/10- is in the correct position to prevent damage to
subframe.

26 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/7-
2- Bonded rubber bush
3- Thrust plate - T10301/10-
4- Spacer - T10301/11-
5- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
6- Nut - T10301/2-
7- Spindle - T10301/1-
– Press in bonded rubber bush until collar contacts sleeve of
subframe »without gaps«.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Installing propshaft ⇒ Transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ;
Final drive, differential .
– Bolt on subframe using new bolts.

– Fit universal joint -1- onto steering rack and tighten bolt
-arrow- to specified torque.

– Bolt heat shield (if there is one) -1- onto steering rack -2-
-arrows-.

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Universal joint to steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts.

4. Assembly overview: subframe 27


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Heat shield on steering rack/universal joint 9 Nm
Anti-roll bar to subframe 60 Nm
Anti-roll bar to coupling rod 110 Nm
Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts.

4.6 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at front for
V8 engines

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Assembly tool - T10301-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
♦ 2 bolts M14 x 1.5 x 90, for example Bolts - N 104 281 01-

28 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Counter-hold tool - T10172-

♦ Insert - T10172/10-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .
– Remove propshaft from front final drive and lift and tie in place
⇒ Transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ; Final drive, dif‐
ferential .
– Remove bolts (if any) -arrows-.
– Remove heat shield -1- from steering rack -2-.
– Turn steering rack to full right lock.

4. Assembly overview: subframe 29


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew and remove bolt -arrow- of universal joint -1-.


– Pull universal joint -1- off power-assisted steering rack -2-.

– Unbolt coupling rod bolted connections -1- on side on which


bonded rubber bush is to be replaced.

– Remove bolts -arrows- for anti-roll bar clamp -1- from sub‐
frame on side on which bonded rubber bush is to be replaced.
– Remove anti-roll bar clamp -1-.

– Remove front subframe bolts -1- and shims -2-.


– Position engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under sub‐
frame.

30 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Lower subframe -1-.


a - Max. 40 mm

– Use two bolts M14 x 1.5 x 90, for example bolts - N 104 281
01- to secure engine carrier to body on left and right -2-.
Pressing out bonded rubber bush

– Fit support ring - T10301/14- -1- with narrow side -arrow- fac‐
ing subframe.
It must be easy to apply support ring - T10301/14- , and it must
not be canted.

4. Assembly overview: subframe 31


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/5-
2- Support ring - T10301/14-
3- Tube - T10301/13-
4- Spacer - T10301/9-
5- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
6- Nut - T10301/2-
7- Spindle - T10301/1-

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

– Press out bonded rubber bush.


Installation position

The lugs -arrows A- must align along longitudinal axis of vehicle.


The cut-outs -arrows A- must face in normal direction of travel.
Pressing in bonded rubber bush

– Fit thrust plate - T10301/15- -1- with open side facing sub‐
frame.

Caution

When pressing in bonded rubber bush, ensure that thrust plate


- T10301/15- is in the correct position to prevent damage to
subframe.

32 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/7-
2- Bonded rubber bush
3- Thrust plate - T10301/15-
4- Spacer - T10301/11-
5- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
6- Nut - T10301/2-
7- Spindle - T10301/1-
– Press in bonded rubber bush until collar contacts sleeve of
subframe »without gaps«.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Installing propshaft ⇒ Transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ;
Final drive, differential .

– Bolt on subframe using new bolts -1-.


Ensure shims -2- are installed in correct fitting location.
– Open side -arrow- of shim -2- points to rear (opposite to normal
direction of travel).

– When tightening bolt -arrow-, hold thrust washer -3- in position


with counter-hold tool - T10172- .
1- Counter-hold tool - T10172-
2- Insert - T10172/10-
3- Thrust washer

4. Assembly overview: subframe 33


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit universal joint -1- onto steering rack and tighten bolt
-arrow- to specified torque.

– Bolt heat shield (if there is one) -1- onto steering rack -2-
-arrows-.

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Universal joint to steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts.

Heat shield on steering rack/universal joint 9 Nm


Anti-roll bar to subframe 60 Nm
Anti-roll bar to coupling rod 110 Nm
Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts.

4.7 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at rear for
V6 engines

34 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Assembly tool - T10301-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .

4. Assembly overview: subframe 35


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts (if any) -arrows-.


– Remove heat shield -1- from steering rack -2-.
– Turn steering rack to full right lock.

– Unscrew and remove bolt -arrow- of universal joint -1-.


– Pull universal joint -1- off power-assisted steering rack -2-.

– Remove rear subframe bolts -arrows-.

– Lower subframe -1- and wedge a piece of wood -2- between


floor and subframe.
a - Max. 40 mm
Pressing out bonded rubber bush

36 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/5-
2- Support ring - T10301/8-
3- Tube - T10301/3-
4- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
5- Nut - T10301/2-
6- Spindle - T10301/1-

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

– Press out bonded rubber bush.


Installation position

One of the two arrows -1- must point in direction of travel.


Pressing in bonded rubber bush

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/7-
2- Bonded rubber bush
3- Thrust plate - T10301/6-
4- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
5- Nut - T10301/2-
6- Spindle - T10301/1-
– Press in bonded rubber bush until collar contacts sleeve of
subframe »without gaps«.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Installing propshaft ⇒ Transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ;
Final drive, differential .
– Bolt on subframe using new bolts.

4. Assembly overview: subframe 37


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit universal joint -1- onto steering rack and tighten bolt
-arrow- to specified torque.

– Bolt heat shield (if there is one) -1- onto steering rack -2-
-arrows-.

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Universal joint to steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts.

Heat shield on steering rack/universal joint 9 Nm


Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts.

4.8 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber bushes in direction of travel at rear for
V8 engines

38 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Assembly tool - T10301-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-

♦ Counter-hold tool - T10172-

♦ Insert - T10172/10-

4. Assembly overview: subframe 39


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .
– Remove bolts (if any) -arrows-.
– Remove heat shield -1- from steering rack -2-.
– Turn steering rack to full right lock.

– Unscrew and remove bolt -arrow- of universal joint -1-.


– Pull universal joint -1- off power-assisted steering rack -2-.

– Unscrew rear subframe bolts -arrow-, and detach thrust wash‐


ers -2-.

40 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Lower subframe -1- and wedge a piece of wood -2- between


floor and subframe.
a - Max. 40 mm
Pressing out bonded rubber bush

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/5-
2- Support ring - T10301/14-
3- Tube - T10301/13-
4- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
5- Nut - T10301/2-
6- Spindle - T10301/1-

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

– Press out bonded rubber bush.


Installation position

The lugs -arrows A- must align along longitudinal axis of vehicle.


The cut-outs -arrows A- must face in normal direction of travel.
Pressing in bonded rubber bush

4. Assembly overview: subframe 41


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/7-
2- Bonded rubber bush
3- Thrust plate - T10301/15-
4- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
5- Nut - T10301/2-
6- Spindle - T10301/1-
– Press in bonded rubber bush until collar contacts sleeve of
subframe »without gaps«.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Installing propshaft ⇒ Transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ;
Final drive, differential .

– Bolt on subframe using new bolts -1-.


Ensure shims -2- are installed in correct fitting location.
– Open side -arrow- of shim -2- points to rear (opposite to normal
direction of travel).

– When tightening bolt -arrow-, hold thrust washer -3- in position


with counter-hold tool - T10172- .
1- Counter-hold tool - T10172-
2- Insert - T10172/10-
3- Thrust washer

42 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit universal joint -1- onto steering rack and tighten bolt
-arrow- to specified torque.

– Bolt heat shield (if there is one) -1- onto steering rack -2-
-arrows-.

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Universal joint to steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts.

Heat shield on steering rack/universal joint 9 Nm


Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts.

4. Assembly overview: subframe 43


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5 Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link,


upper suspension link

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 5 .

1 - Nut
❑ 60 Nm
❑ Qty. 3
2 - Ring
3 - Body - front
4 - Bolts
❑ 50 Nm + 180°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
5 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 50
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
6 - Nut
❑ 50 Nm + 180°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
7 - Upper suspension link
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, vehicles with steel
spring struts
⇒ page 46 .
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, vehicles with air
spring struts
⇒ page 48 .
❑ Cone must be free of oil
and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with
a dry cloth but do not
use cleaning solutions.
8 - Nut
❑ 85 Nm
❑ Renew after each removal
9 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Different versions for 17" and 18" running gears
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 64
❑ Tapered hole must be free of oil and grease.

44 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018
❑ If necessary, clean with a dry cloth but do not use cleaning solutions.
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
10 - Nut
❑ Various versions
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Bear in mind different specified torques:
❑ 17" running gear (cast steel) 110 Nm
❑ 18" running gear (cast aluminium) 130 Nm
11 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Pressing in and out (suspension strut connection) ⇒ page 62 .
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
12 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Pressing in and out (camber adjusting screw connection) ⇒ page 56 .
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
13 - Lower suspension link
❑ Tapered pin must be free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with a dry cloth but do not use cleaning solutions.
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 53
14 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Pressing in and out (caster adjusting screw connection) ⇒ page 59 .
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
15 - Nut
❑ 150 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
16 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each removal
17 - Steel spring strut
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 97
18 - Nut
❑ 110 Nm
❑ Renew after each removal
19 - Bolt
❑ 110 Nm
❑ Renew after each removal
20 - Coupling rod
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 88
21 - Air spring strut
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 115

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 45
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5.1 Removing and installing upper suspension link, vehicles with steel spring
struts

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior equipment; Wheel housing liner

46 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Vehicles with dynamic headlight range control


– Pull pin -2- for front left/right vehicle level sender - G78/G289-
downwards and unclip coupling rod at top suspension link.
Continued for all vehicles

– Use wheel bolt to attach support - T10149- .

– Slacken off nut of suspension link at top but do not remove yet.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out upper suspension link and unscrew nut.


1- Ball joint puller - T10187-

– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove upper suspension link


-1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 47
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Tighten bolted connection between upper suspension link and


body when dimension -a- between suspension link and body
has been attained.
a - 118 mm
– Install front wheel and tighten ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Upper suspension link to wheel bearing housing 85 Nm
♦ Use new nuts.

Upper suspension link to body 50 Nm + turn 180° further


♦ Use new bolts and nuts.
♦ Tighten bolts in unladen state ⇒ page 5

5.2 Removing and installing upper suspension link, vehicles with air spring
struts

48 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior equipment, Wheel housing liner

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 49
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Pull pin -2- for front left/right vehicle level sender - G78/G289-
downwards and unclip coupling rod at top suspension link.
– Remove air spring strut ⇒ page 111

– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove upper suspension link


-1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Tighten bolted connection between upper suspension link and


body when dimension -a- between suspension link and body
has been attained.
a - 118 mm
– Install air spring strut ⇒ page 111 .
– Install front wheel and tighten ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Upper suspension link to wheel bearing housing 85 Nm
♦ Use new nuts.

Upper suspension link to body 50 Nm + turn 180° further


♦ Use new bolts and nuts.
♦ Tighten bolts in unladen state ⇒ page 5

5.3 Repairing upper suspension link

50 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Assembly tool - 3301-


♦ Thrust plate - VW 401-
♦ Press tool - VW 412-
♦ Tube - VW 426-
♦ Assembly tool - T10219-
Perform the following steps:
Pressing out
– Remove upper suspension link, vehicles with steel spring
struts ⇒ page 46 .
– Remove upper suspension link, vehicles with air spring struts
⇒ page 48 .

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 51
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Mark the position of the bonded rubber bush with reference to


the slot -arrow- in relation to upper suspension link.

– Press out bonded rubber bush.


1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Tube - 3301/4-
3- Upper suspension link
4- Tube - VW 426-
5- Pressure plate - VW 401-
Pressing in
– Moisten outer surface of bonded rubber bush with assembly
oil - G 294 421 A1- .

– Pressing in bonded rubber bush.


1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Bonded rubber bush
3- Upper suspension link
4- Tube - T10219/1- with the gap in side facing upwards to
suspension link
5- Pressure plate - VW 401-

– Continue pushing inner core of the bonded rubber bush until


the lip -arrow- slips out of the suspension link.
1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Pin - T10219/2-
3- Upper suspension link
4- Tube - T10219/1- with the gap in side facing upwards to
suspension link
5- Pressure plate - VW 401-
– Install upper suspension link, vehicles with steel spring struts
⇒ page 46 .
– Install upper suspension link, vehicles with air spring struts
⇒ page 48 .

52 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5.4 Checking swivel joint


Perform the following steps:
• The check must be carried out with the vehicle raised.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
Checking axial play
– Firmly pull wheel down in -direction of arrow- and press up
again.

Checking radial play


– Set wheels/steering to straight-ahead position.
– Grip wheel at top and bottom and wobble in
-direction of arrow-.
– Turn wheels/steering to left and repeat check.
– Turn wheels/steering to right and repeat check.

Note

♦ There should be no palpable or visible “play” during both tests.


♦ Take into account any existing wheel bearing play or “play” in
upper spring strut mounting.
♦ Other methods of checking are impermissible, as the swivel
joint may otherwise be damaged.

5.5 Removing and installing lower suspension link

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 53
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Spring tensioner - VW 552-


♦ Ball joint puller - T10444-
♦ Insert tool - T10188-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .

54 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66 ; Exterior equipment; Wheel housing liner and
hook spring compressor - VW 552- -1- into upper opening of
wheel housing and to top suspension link on both sides of ve‐
hicle.
– Slightly pretension suspension link so that the ball pivot of the
suspension link is not damaged.

– Remove bolt -1- for strut -2- from suspension link.

– Slacken off nut on tapered pin (but do not remove yet).

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out lower suspension link and unscrew nut.


1- Ball joint puller - T10444-

– Remove bolted joint -1-.


– Remove bolted joint -2-.
– Lower the lower suspension link in -direction of arrow- and
thread out of wheel bearing housing.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Bolted joint between suspension strut and lower suspension link
must be tightened in unladen position ⇒ page 5 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Do not tighten bolted joint between lower suspension link and
subframe until during wheel alignment.
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 286 .

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 55
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Lower suspension link to subframe 170 Nm
♦ Self-locking nut
♦ Use new bolts

Spring strut to lower suspension link 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts

Lower suspension link at wheel bearing housing 18" run‐ 130 Nm


ning gear (cast aluminium)
♦ Self-locking nut
♦ Use new bolts

Lower suspension link at wheel bearing housing 17" run‐ 110 Nm


ning gear (cast steel)
♦ Self-locking nut
♦ Use new bolts

5.6 Repairing lower suspension link - pressing in and out bonded rubber bushes
(camber adjuster screw connection)

56 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Assembly tool - T10230-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Insert tool - T10188-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Raise vehicle.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 57
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove bolt -1- for strut -2- from suspension link.

– Remove bolted joint -1-.


– Remove bolted joint -2-.
– Lower the lower suspension link in -direction of arrow-.
Pressing out

– Fit tools to lower suspension link as shown in illustration.


1- Nut - T10230/2-
2- Press tool - T10230/4-
3- Lower suspension link
4- Tube - T10230/5-
5- Pressure plate - T10230/7-
6- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

– Press out bonded rubber bush.


Pressing in

58 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools to lower suspension link as shown in illustration.


1- Nut - T10230/2-
2- Press tool - T10230/8-
3- Lower suspension link
4- Bonded rubber bush
5- Pressure plate - T10230/7-
6- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
– Press bonded rubber bush in to stop.
In doing so, core of bonded rubber bush is pressed in further than
necessary by thrust piece - T10230/6- . This is necessary so that
outer lip of bonded rubber bush lies on suspension link. After re‐
leasing hydraulic press - VAS 6178- , core of bonded rubber bush
returns to its correct position.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Bolted joint between suspension strut and lower suspension link
must be tightened in unladen position ⇒ page 5 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Do not tighten bolted joint between lower suspension link and
subframe until during wheel alignment.
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 286 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Lower suspension link to subframe 170 Nm
♦ Self-locking nut
♦ Use new bolts

Spring strut to lower suspension link 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts

5.7 Repairing lower suspension link - pressing in and out bonded rubber bushes
(caster adjuster screw connection)

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 59
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Assembly tool - T10230-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
♦ Insert tool - T10188-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Raise vehicle.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .

60 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove bolt -1- for strut -2- from suspension link.

– Remove bolted joint -1-.


– Remove bolted joint -2-.
– Lower the lower suspension link in -direction of arrow-.
Pressing out

– Fit tools to lower suspension link as shown in illustration.


1- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
2- Pressure plate - T10230/7-
3- Tube - T10230/9-
4- Lower suspension link
5- Press tool - T10230/15-
6- Spindle - T10230/1- and nut - T10230/2-

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

– Press out bonded rubber bush.


Pressing in

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 61
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Align bonded rubber bush so that the cams -arrows- point


straight downwards.
The imaginary centreline should be at an angle α of 90° to the
bottom side of the suspension link.

– Fit tools to lower suspension link as shown in illustration.


1- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
2- Pressure plate - T10230/12-
3- Bonded rubber bush
4- Lower suspension link
5- Press tool - T10230/16-
6- Spindle - T10230/1- and nut - T10230/2-
– Pressing in bonded rubber bush.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Bolted joint between suspension strut and lower suspension link
must be tightened in unladen position ⇒ page 5 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Do not tighten bolted joint between lower suspension link and
subframe until during wheel alignment.
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 286 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Lower suspension link to subframe 170 Nm
♦ Self-locking nut
♦ Use new bolts

Spring strut to lower suspension link 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts

5.8 Repairing lower suspension link - pressing in and out bonded rubber bushes
(spring strut connection)

62 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Assembly tool - T10230-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Insert tool - T10188-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
– Remove lower suspension link ⇒ page 53 .

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 63
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Pressing out
– Fit tools to lower suspension link as shown in illustration.
1- Threaded spindle - T10230/1-
2- Nut - T10230/2-
3- Press tool - T10230/13-
4- Tube - T10230/5-
5- Pressure plate - T10230/7-
6- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
– Press out bonded rubber bush.
Pressing in

– Fit tools to lower suspension link as shown in illustration.


1- Threaded spindle - T10230/1-
2- Nut - T10230/2-
3- Press tool - T10230/13-
4- Bonded rubber bush
5- Tube - T10230/5-
6- Pressure plate - T10230/7-
7- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
– Press bonded rubber bush in flush.
– Use openings in tube - T10230/5- to observe pressing in proc‐
ess.
– Install lower suspension link ⇒ page 53 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 286 .

5.9 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing

64 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Fitting tool - T10206-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Adapter - T10103/1- and bolts - T10103/2-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10444-
♦ Ejector - T10520-
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 127 .

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 65
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐


ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen the 12-point nut by more than 90°
when vehicle is resting on wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 150 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove complete‐
ly.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Push track rod off wheel bearing housing and remove nut.
1- Ball joint puller - T10187-

– Remove upper bracket for brake line -1 - from wheel bearing


housing -arrow-.
– Pull connector -1- and cable out of the bracket -3-.

– Undo bolt -2- and remove lower bracket for brake line -3- from
wheel bearing housing.
– Remove brake caliper and hang from body using wire ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Repairing front brake .
– Remove ABS speed sensor ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr. 46 ;
Repairing front brake .
– Remove brake disc.
– Remove cover plate.

66 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Slacken off nut on tapered pin (but do not remove yet).

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out upper suspension link and unscrew nut.


1- Ball joint puller - T10187-
– Unscrew 12-point nut for drive shaft.

Before using pressure tool - T10520- ensure that thrust piece


-1- is inserted.

– Press out drive shaft.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.


I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.
II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with ejector - T10520- .

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft further,
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply
the hydraulic force.

– When removing, make sure joints have adequate clearance.

5. Assembly overview - front wheel suspension, lower suspension link, upper suspension link 67
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Slacken off nut on tapered pin (but do not remove yet).

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out lower suspension link.


1- Ball joint puller - T10444-
– Unscrew nut and remove wheel bearing housing.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Pull drive shaft in.


1- Fitting tool - T10206-
– Tighten 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 127 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Upper suspension link to wheel bearing housing 85 Nm
♦ Use new nuts.

Lower suspension link at wheel bearing housing 18" run‐ 130 Nm


ning gear (cast aluminium)
♦ Use new nuts.

Lower suspension link at wheel bearing housing 17" run‐ 110 Nm


ning gear (cast steel)
♦ Use new nuts.

Track rod ball joint to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm


♦ Use new nuts.

Drive shaft to wheel bearing 500 Nm


♦ Use new bolts

Cover plate on wheel bearing housing 17" running gear 20 Nm


Cover plate on wheel bearing housing 18" running gear 9 Nm
Top bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 9 Nm
Lower bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 20 Nm

68 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

6 Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 17 running gear

1 - Wheel bearing
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 70
2 - Retaining ring
❑ Ensure it is properly
seated
3 - Wheel hub
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 70
4 - Nut
❑ 500 Nm
❑ Self-locking
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
5 - Track rod
❑ Tapered pin must be
free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with
a dry cloth but do not
use cleaning solutions.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 356
6 - Front speed sensor
7 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
8 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Qty. 3
9 - Cover plate
10 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm
❑ Renew after each removal
11 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Tapered hole must be free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with a dry cloth but do not use cleaning solutions.
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 64
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
12 - Drive shaft
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 126
❑ Before assembling, coat splines with assembly paste - G 052 109 A2- .
13 - Cable retainer
14 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
15 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm

6. Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 17 running gear 69


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

16 - Bracket

6.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing for 17" running gear

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-


♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Splitter - 3 - Kukko 15/3-
♦ Assembly tool - T10205-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

70 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Assembly tool - T10356-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove drive shaft ⇒ page 128 .
– Bolt upper suspension link to wheel bearing housing.
– Remove brake caliper and hang from body using wire ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46 ; Repairing front brake .
– Remove brake disc and backplate.
– Remove speed sensor for ABS.
Pulling out wheel hub
– Fasten gripping pieces - T10205/1- -1- with wheel bolts -2- to
hub.
Wheel bolts -2- must not protrude from backs of gripping pieces
- T10205/1- -arrow-.

6. Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 17 running gear 71


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Spindle - T10205/8-1-
2- Nut - T10205/8-2-
3- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
4- Bell - T10205/2-
5- Gripping pieces - T10205/1-
6- Press tool - T10205/3-
7- Nut - T10205/8-2-
8- Spindle - T10205/8-1-

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

– Hold appliance firmly and pull wheel hub out.


Pulling out wheel bearing
– Remove retaining ring.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


Observe the following:
Shoulder of thrust plate - T10205/6- must face final drive.
1- Spindle - T10205/8-1-
2- Nut - T10205/8-2-
3- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
4- Support tube - T10205/5-
5- Support - T10205/4-
6- Thrust plate - T10356/4- - inscription B must point to the
wheel bearing
7- Nut - T10205/8-2-
8- Spindle - T10205/8-1-
– Hold appliance firmly and pull out wheel bearing.
Pulling bearing inner race off wheel hub

72 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Set up splitter behind inner bearing race.


Please note:
Fitting position: Chamfer on plates faces to inner bearing race.
1- Splitter - 3 - Kukko 15/3-
2- Bell - T10205/2-
3- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
4- Nut - T10205/8-2-
5- Press tool - T10205/3-
6- Nut - T10205/8-2-
7- Spindle - T10205/8-1-

WARNING

When pulling, hold appliance so that the inner bearing race


faces downwards (danger of accident due to inner bearing race
springing off).

– Pull hub off inner bearing race.


Pressing in wheel bearing

– Ensure that rubber-coated ABS sensor ring -arrow- faces final


drive.
If no rubber-coated ring is visible, check which of the two sides is
magnetic using, e.g. a paper clip. On installation, this must point
to the final drive.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration. Make sure the wheel bearing


is centred on the thrust piece - T10205/7- .
1- Spindle - T10205/8-1-
2- Nut - T10205/8-2-
3- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
4- Wheel bearing
5- Press tool - T10205/7-
6- Tube - 3259-
7- Press tool - T10356/8-
8- Nut - T10205/8-2-
– Press in wheel bearing to stop.
– Install retaining ring.
Press in wheel hub

6. Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 17 running gear 73


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Spindle - T10205/8-1-
2- Nut - T10205/8-2-
3- Hydraulic cylinder - VAS 6178- with thrust piece -
T10205/13- and thrust plate - T10205/4-
4- Wheel hub
5- Press tool - T10356/4-
6- Nut - T10205/8-2-
7- Spindle - T10205/8-1-
– Press in wheel hub to stop.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Install drive shaft ⇒ page 134 .
– Install brake disc and backplate.
– Install brake caliper ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr. 46 ; Repairing
front brake .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Splash plate to wheel bearing housing 20 Nm

74 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

7 Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 18" running gear

1 - Wheel bearing
❑ Removing and installing
wheel bearing unit
⇒ page 77
❑ Repairing wheel bear‐
ing unit ⇒ page 81 .

Caution
Avoidance
• of dirt and
seal damage when plac‐
ing on a surface/storing
away ⇒ page 76 .

2 - Wheel hub
❑ Removing and installing
wheel bearing unit
⇒ page 70
❑ Repairing wheel bear‐
ing unit ⇒ page 81 .

Caution
Avoidance
• of dirt and
seal damage when plac‐
ing on a surface/storing
away ⇒ page 76 .

3 - Nut
❑ 500 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
4 - Track rod
❑ Tapered pin must be
free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with
a dry cloth but do not use cleaning solutions.
5 - Front speed sensor
6 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
7 - Cover plate
8 - Bolts
❑ 9 Nm
❑ Qty. 3
9 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm
❑ Renew after each removal
10 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Tapered hole must be free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with a dry cloth but do not use cleaning solutions.
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 64
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”

7. Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 18" running gear 75


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Caution
Avoidance
• of dirt and
seal damage when plac‐
ing on a surface/storing
away ⇒ page 76 .

11 - Drive shaft
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 126
❑ Before assembling, coat splines with assembly paste - G 052 109 A2- .
12 - Bracket
13 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
14 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
15 - Bracket

Avoidance of dirt and seal damage when placing on a surface/


storing away
♦ Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.
♦ When placing wheel bearing unit on a surface, always make
sure the hub -2- faces downwards.
The same procedure applies to the wheel bearing without hub.

76 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

7.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit for 18"/19" running gear

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Adapter - T10103/1- and bolts - T10103/2-


♦ Adapter - T10103/1-
♦ Socket 32 mm - T10209-
♦ Fitting tool - T10206-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1601-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

7. Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 18" running gear 77


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Assembly pin - T10439-

Press tool - T10520-


Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 127 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐


ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen the 12-point nut by more than 90°
when vehicle is resting on wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 150 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Unbolt brake caliper and push outwards using guide - T10439-
⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr. 46 ; Repairing front brake .
– Remove brake disc.
– Remove speed sensor for ABS.

78 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Before using pressure tool - T10520- ensure that thrust piece


-1- is inserted.

– Press drive shaft out as far as possible.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-
3- Assembly pin - T10439-

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.


I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.
II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with ejector - T10520- .

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft further,
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply
the hydraulic force.

– Remove bolts -arrows- above drive shaft.

7. Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 18" running gear 79


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts -arrows- below drive shaft.

– Pull wheel bearing unit off drive shaft.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-
3- -T10439-
– Remove wheel bearing unit together with remover - T10520- .

Caution

• Avoidance of dirt and seal damage when placing on a sur‐


face/storing away.

Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.


– Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a
surface.
The same procedure applies to the wheel bearing without hub.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit wheel bearing unit onto splines of the drive shaft.

– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows- below drive shaft.

80 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows- above drive shaft.


– Tighten bolts for wheel bearing unit.

– Pull drive shaft in.


1- Fitting tool - T10206-
– Fit brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr.
46 ; Repairing rear brake .
– Tighten 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 127 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Wheel bearing unit to wheel bearing housing 80 Nm +120°
♦ Use new bolts

Drive shaft to wheel bearing 500 Nm


♦ Use new bolts

7.2 Repairing wheel bearing unit

7. Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 18" running gear 81


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Thrust plate - VW 401-


♦ Thrust plate - VW 402-
♦ Press tool - VW 412-
♦ Assembly tool - T10230-
♦ Splitter - Kukko 15/3 mit 17/3-
Perform the following steps:
– Remove wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 77 .

82 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Press wheel hub out of wheel bearing


– Use special tools as illustrated.
1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Sleeve - T10230/8-
3- Press tool - T10230/3-
4- Wheel bearing unit
5- Pressure plate - VW 402-
6- Pressure plate - VW 401-
– Press wheel hub out of wheel bearing.

Press bearing inner race off wheel hub


– Insert splitter between bearing inner race -1- and wheel hub
-2- and pretension with spindle.

Note

Use a standard commercially available splitter, e. g. 15/3 and 17/3


from KUKKO.

– Use special tools as illustrated.


1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Sleeve - T10230/8-
3- Press tool - T10230/3-
4- Wheel hub
5- Inner bearing race
6- Kukko 15/3 with 17/3.
– Press bearing inner race off wheel hub.
Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing

Caution

• Avoidance of dirt and seal damage when placing on a sur‐


face/storing away.

7. Assembly overview - wheel bearing, 18" running gear 83


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.


– Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a
surface.

– Use special tools as illustrated.


1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Pressure plate - VW 402-
3- Wheel hub
4- Ball bearing
5- Pressure plate - VW 401-

Note

Machined surface of wheel bearing outer race faces downwards.

Caution

When placing on a surface or pressing in, make sure that there


is no dirt between thrust plate - VW 401- -5- and ball bearing
-4-.

– Press wheel hub into wheel bearing.


– Install wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 77 .

84 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

8 Assembly overview: anti-roll bar

1 - Shock absorbers
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
3 - Coupling rod
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 88
4 - Nut
❑ 110 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
5 - Nut
❑ 110 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
6 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
7 - Anti-roll bar
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 86
8 - Subframe
9 - Mountings
❑ In two sections on both
sides of the vehicle
❑ Are connected to each
other by means of latch‐
ing lugs
❑ Always replace the
complete mountings
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 91
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
10 - Clip
11 - Damper weight
❑ Only V6 TDI
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
12 - Bolt
❑ 60 Nm
❑ M10 x 105
❑ Only V6 TDI
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
13 - Cap
❑ Only V6 TDI
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
14 - Bolt
❑ 60 Nm

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 85


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018
❑ M10 x 62
❑ Qty. 4
❑ Qty 3, only V6 TDI
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”

8.1 Removing and installing anti-roll bar


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for both vehicles
– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .
– Unscrew and remove bolted joint -1- for coupling rod.
Vehicles with V6 TDI engine

Note

A damper is fitted on the right-hand side of vehicles with a V6 TDI


engine.

86 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Price cap -1- off damper -2- and remove securing bolt.
– Pull damper -2- off anti-roll bar clip.
Continued for all vehicles

– Remove bolts -arrows-.for anti-roll bar clamp -1- from sub‐


frame.
– Remove anti-roll bar clamp -1-.
– Remove anti-roll bar.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Fit anti-roll bar clamp -1-.


– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows-.for anti-roll bar clamp -1- on sub‐
frame.
Vehicles with V6 TDI engine

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 87


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Place damper -2- on anti-roll bar clamp and hand-tighten se‐


curing bolt.
Continued for all vehicles
– Tighten bolts for anti-roll bar clamp to specified torque.
Vehicles with V6 TDI engine
– Fit cap -1- on damper -2-.

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Anti-roll bar to subframe 60 Nm
Anti-roll bar to coupling rod 110 Nm

8.2 Removing and installing coupling rod

88 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 89


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for both vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Unbolt drive shaft from final drive.
– Remove upper bracket for brake line -1 - from wheel bearing
housing -arrow-.

– Pull connector -1- and cable out of the bracket -3-.


– Undo bolt -2- and remove lower bracket for brake line -3- from
wheel bearing housing.
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

– Use wheel bolt to attach support - T10149- .


– Support wheel bearing housing.

90 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Slacken off nut on tapered pin (but do not remove yet).

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out upper suspension link and unscrew nut.


1- Ball joint puller - T10187-
– Support wheel bearing housing with the support -
T10149- .and swing engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
outwards.

– Undo and remove bolted joint -1-.

– Undo and remove bolted joint -1- and remove coupling rod.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
Specified torque

Component Specified torque


Coupling rod to anti-roll bar 110 Nm
Coupling rod to spring strut 110 Nm
Top bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 9 Nm
Lower bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 20 Nm
Drive shaft to front final drive 50 Nm + 90°

8.3 Removing and installing bush for anti-


roll bar
Special tools and workshop equipment required

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 91


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for both vehicles
– Remove noise insulation below engine and gearbox ⇒ Rep.
gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation; noise insulation .
Vehicles with V6 TDI engine

Note

A damper is fitted on the right-hand side of vehicles with a V6 TDI


engine.

– Price cap -1- off damper -2- and remove securing bolt.
– Pull damper -2- off anti-roll bar clip.
Continued for all vehicles

92 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts -arrows-.for anti-roll bar clamp -1- from sub‐


frame.
– Remove anti-roll bar clamp -1-.

The two halves of the bush are locked into each other by means
of latching lugs.
– Carefully detach the two latching lugs -arrows- on the anti-roll
bar bush -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Make sure bush halves -1- are correctly seated on hexagonal


positioning element -arrow- of the anti-roll bar.
– Press two halves of bush together carefully until the latches
audibly engage.

– Fit anti-roll bar clamp -1-.


– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows-.for anti-roll bar clamp -1- on sub‐
frame.
Vehicles with V6 TDI engine

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 93


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Place damper -2- on anti-roll bar clamp and hand-tighten se‐


curing bolt.
Continued for all vehicles
– Tighten bolts for anti-roll bar clamp to specified torque.
Vehicles with V6 TDI engine
– Fit cap -1- on damper -2-.

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Anti-roll bar to subframe 60 Nm

94 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

9 Assembly overview - front steel spring strut

1 - Sealing plug
2 - Nut
❑ 56 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
3 - Bearing plate
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 101
❑ Renew only as com‐
plete unit
4 - Upper spring shim
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 101
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion ⇒ page 106
5 - Upper spring seat
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 101
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion ⇒ page 106
6 - Boot
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 101
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion ⇒ page 105
7 - Buffer stop
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 101
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion ⇒ page 105
8 - Buffer cap
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 101
9 - Coil spring
❑ Surface of coil must not be damaged.
❑ Observe colour coding ⇒ page 96
❑ Observe assignment of spacers ⇒ page 96
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 101
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 106
10 - Lower spring seat
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 101
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 106
11 - Lower spring shim
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 101
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 105
12 - Spacer
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 97

9. Assembly overview - front steel spring strut 95


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018
❑ Observe assignment of spacers ⇒ page 96
13 - Spring plate
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 101
14 - Shock absorbers
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 101

9.1 Assignment of spacers


To ensure an even height at front and rear axles, the coil springs
must be fitted with the correct number of spacers.
Number of spacers
Number of colour marking on coil springs Number of spacers to be used
None 0
1 x violet 1
2 x violet 2

Colour coding of coil springs


1- Colour coding for allocation of spacers
2- Colour coding for allocation of coil springs
3- Coil spring installation position

96 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

9.2 Installation position of spacers


– The positioning lugs of the spacers -2- must latch into the po‐
sitioning openings of the spring shim -1-.

– The spacers -2- must latch over the lugs -arrows- of the spring
plate -1-.

9.3 Removing and installing steel spring strut

9. Assembly overview - front steel spring strut 97


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-


♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Bits XZN 12 - T10099-
♦ Support - T10149-

♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-

98 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing
When dismantling and assembling, ensure that no indentations
are formed on the protective boot of the steel spring damper.
– Remove engine-compartment cover.
Remove right steel spring strut in the case of vehicles with diesel
engine
– Remove fuel filter above steel spring damper ⇒ Rep. gr. 20 .
Remove left steel spring strut in the case of vehicles with hybrid
drive
– Unclip lines -1- from retainers -arrows-.

– Remove nuts -arrows- and push bracket -1- to one side.


Continued for all vehicles

– Unscrew nuts -arrows- and remove ring -2-.


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

9. Assembly overview - front steel spring strut 99


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Vehicles with dynamic headlight range control


– Pull pin -2- for front left/right vehicle level sender - G78/G289-
downwards and unclip coupling rod at top suspension link.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unbolt drive shaft from final drive.

– Remove upper bracket for brake line -1 - from wheel bearing


housing -arrow-.

– Pull connector -1- and cable out of the bracket -3-.


– Undo bolt -2- and remove lower bracket for brake line -3- from
wheel bearing housing.
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

– Use wheel bolt to attach support - T10149- .


– Support wheel bearing housing.

100 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Slacken off nut on tapered pin (but do not remove yet).

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out upper suspension link and unscrew nut.


1- Ball joint puller - T10187-
– Support wheel bearing housing with the support -
T10149- .and swing engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
outwards.

– Undo and remove bolted joint -1-.

– Remove bolt -1- for steel spring damper -2- from suspension
link.
– Push top suspension link upwards, compress steel spring
damper and take out.
Installing
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐
ing:
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Steel spring strut to body 60 Nm
Steel spring strut to lower suspension link 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts and nuts.

Upper suspension link to wheel bearing housing 85 Nm


♦ Use new nuts.

Drive shaft to front final drive 50 Nm + 90°


Coupling rod to air spring strut 110 Nm
Top bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 9 Nm
Lower bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 20 Nm

9.4 Repairing front steel spring strut

9. Assembly overview - front steel spring strut 101


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Insert tool - 3165-


♦ Tube - VW 420-
♦ Shock absorber tool set - T10001-
♦ Suspension strut clamp - V.A.G 1752-
♦ Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
♦ Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/5-
♦ Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Kukko 45-2
♦ Commercially available ratchet handle
Perform the following steps:
– Remove steel spring strut ⇒ page 97

102 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Dismantling steel spring strut


– Clamp steel spring strut.
1- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-

– Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in -arrow- in tool.


1- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
2- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/4-
– Remove sealing plug ⇒ Item 1 (page 95) .

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Commercially available ratchet handle
2- Hexagon bit, long reach - T10001/8-
3- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
4- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
5- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/4-
6- Hexagon bit, long reach - T10001/5-
7- Ratchet wrench - T10001/11-
– Tension coil spring until upper strut mounting is free.

WARNING

First compress spring far enough to ensure that upper strut


mounting is free.

– Unscrew hexagon nut from piston rod.


– Remove individual parts of steel spring strut.

9. Assembly overview - front steel spring strut 103


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Kukko 45-2
2- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
– Pull buffer cap off shock absorber.
– Force spring plate off shock absorber.
Assembling steel spring strut
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐
ing:
– Drive spring plate onto shock absorber.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Tube - VW 420-
2- Hexagon bit, long reach - 3165-
3- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
– Push buffer cap onto shock absorber.

– Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in -arrow- in tool.


1- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
2- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/4-

104 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit lower spring plate -1- correctly into lower spring shim -2-.

Note

The markings of the lower spring plate and the lower spring shim
must be in line with each other.

– Push stop buffer -1- into bellows -2- until it engages -arrows-.
– Fit bellows onto shock absorber.

– Engage bellows -1- in locking lugs -arrow- of buffer cap -2-.

9. Assembly overview - front steel spring strut 105


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– The end of the lower coil of the spring -1- must lie against the
stop -arrow- of the lower spring plate -2-.

– The end of the upper coil of the spring -1- must lie against the
stop -arrow- of the upper spring plate -2-.

– Fit upper spring shim -2- correctly onto upper spring plate
-1-.

Note

The markings of the upper spring plate and the upper spring shim
must be in line with each other.

– Push bellows into strut mounting until it engages.


– Tighten new hexagon nut on piston rod.
– Relieve tension on spring compressor - VAS 6046- and re‐
move from coil spring.
– Install steel spring strut ⇒ page 97

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Nut for steel spring strut 56 Nm
♦ Use new bolts

106 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10 Front air spring strut

10.1 Instructions for repairing air spring struts


As of mileage of 200,000 km, renewing the air springs on both
sides is recommended in the event that one air spring is dam‐
aged.
In the case of leaking shock absorbers, the complete air spring
strut must be renewed, as the shock absorber oil may damage
the bellows ⇒ Item 6 (page 109) .
When depressurised, the air spring must not be twisted. This may
cause damage to the bellows inside the air spring due to kinking
or creasing!
To ensure perfect and successful air spring strut repair, the great‐
est care and cleanliness as well as the use of good and proper
tools are essential. Also note the basic rules on safety when per‐
forming repair procedures.
A number of general notes on the individual repair procedures,
which can otherwise be found in the relevant sections of the man‐
ual, are summarised here. These apply to repairing air spring
struts.
The structure and functioning of the air suspension system are
described in the ⇒ Self-study programme No. 469 ; Touareg
2011 running gear and all-wheel concept .

10.2 Air spring strut


– Before loosening the installed air line, check whether the air
spring still has approx. 3 bar residual pressure.
– To do this, press bead of air spring with your thumb. The bead
must offer perceptible resistance.
– If no great resistance is detectable, the air spring is not pres‐
surised.
– The vehicle can be driven up to 100 km with a unpressurised
air spring.
– The air spring must be replaced together with the pressure
retention valve if the vehicle has been driven for more than
100 km with a unpressurised air spring.
♦ Thoroughly clean all unions and the adjacent areas before
disconnecting.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover them to
prevent them from getting dirty. Use sheeting and paper for
this purpose. Use lint-free cloths only.
♦ Install only clean parts; do not remove new parts from pack‐
aging until immediately before installing.
♦ Use only lubricants specified by their part numbers.
♦ If repair work cannot be performed immediately, cover new
parts which have been removed from their packing.

10.3 Pressure retention valve


The pressure retention valve is maintenance-free and may be re‐
placed only if a leak is detected.
The pressure retention valve can be replaced only with the vehicle
on a lifting platform. It must be possible to turn the vehicle's
wheels freely.

10. Front air spring strut 107


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Note

The pressure retention valve is open when the air line has been
screwed into the air spring strut. If the air line has been unscrewed
from the air spring strut, the pressure retention valve is closed.

10.4 Gaskets and seals


♦ Always renew sealing rings.
♦ Replace bellows if defective.
♦ After removing gaskets, check contact surface on housings for
burrs and damage.

10.5 Nuts and bolts


♦ Loosen and tighten securing bolts and nuts for covers and
housings diagonally.
♦ Specified torques given are for unoiled nuts, bolts and screws.

10.6 Front air spring strut components


The following components are part of the air springs.
♦ Cover ⇒ Item 4 (page 109)
♦ External guide ⇒ Item 5 (page 109)
♦ Bellows ⇒ Item 6 (page 109)
♦ Air spring plunger ⇒ Item 7 (page 109)

Note

These components are firmly connected to each other and cannot be disassembled.

108 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

1 - Mountings
2 - Seal
❑ Always renew
3 - Pressure retention valve
4 - Cover
❑ Firmly connected to
⇒ Item 5 (page 109) ,
⇒ Item 6 (page 109)
and
⇒ Item 7 (page 109) as
part of the air spring.
❑ Cannot be removed or
disassembled individu‐
ally.
5 - External guide
❑ Firmly connected to
⇒ Item 4 (page 109) ,
⇒ Item 6 (page 109)
and
⇒ Item 7 (page 109) as
part of the air spring.
❑ Cannot be removed or
disassembled individu‐
ally.
6 - Bellows
❑ Firmly connected to
⇒ Item 4 (page 109) ,
⇒ Item 5 (page 109) and
⇒ Item 7 (page 109) as
part of the air spring.
❑ Cannot be removed or
disassembled individu‐
ally.
7 - Air spring plunger
❑ Firmly connected to ⇒ Item 4 (page 109) , ⇒ Item 5 (page 109) and ⇒ Item 6 (page 109) as part of the
air spring.
❑ Cannot be removed or disassembled individually.
8 - Boot
9 - Retention element
❑ Always renew
10 - Seal
❑ Always renew
11 - Shock absorbers

10. Front air spring strut 109


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10.7 Assembly overview - front air spring strut

1 - Grommet
2 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
❑ Qty. 4
3 - Cover
4 - Nut
❑ 70 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
5 - Mountings
6 - Pressure retention valve
❑ 12 Nm
❑ Observe important
notes on removal and
installation ⇒ page 124
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 123
7 - Air spring
❑ Observe instructions for
repairing air spring
struts ⇒ page 107
❑ As of mileage of
200,000 km, renewing
the air springs on both
sides is recommended
in the event that one air
spring is damaged.
❑ With integrated pump
stop
8 - Retention element
❑ Always renew
9 - Boot
10 - Seal
❑ Always renew
❑ with a thin coat of lithium grease - G 052 150 A2-
11 - Seal
❑ Always renew
❑ with a thin coat of lithium grease - G 052 150 A2-
12 - Shock absorbers
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Observe instructions for repairing air spring struts ⇒ page 107

110 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10.8 Removing and installing air spring strut

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Spring tensioner - VW 552-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ 14 mm bits - T10099/1-
♦ Support - T10149-

10. Front air spring strut 111


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
When dismantling and assembling, ensure that no indentations
are formed on the protective boot of the air spring strut.
– Remove engine-compartment cover
Remove right air spring strut in the case of vehicles with diesel
engine
– Remove fuel filter above air spring strut ⇒ Rep. gr. 20
Remove left air spring strut in the case of vehicles with hybrid
drive
– Unclip lines -1- from retainers -arrows-.
– Remove nuts -arrows-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
– Disconnect connector -1-.
– Unscrew nuts -arrows- and remove ring -2-.
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .

– Hook upper suspension link to body using spring tensioner -


VW 552- -1- and preload slightly.

112 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Pull pin -2- for front left/right vehicle level sender - G78/G289-
downwards and unclip coupling rod at top suspension link.

– Unbolt air line from pressure retention valve -1- and seal both
connections.
– Unbolt drive shaft from final drive.

– Remove upper bracket for brake line -1 - from wheel bearing


housing -arrow-.

– Pull connector -1- and cable out of the bracket -3-.


– Undo bolt -2- and remove lower bracket for brake line -3- from
wheel bearing housing.
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

10. Front air spring strut 113


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Use wheel bolt to attach support - T10149- .


– Support wheel bearing housing.

– Slacken off nut on tapered pin (but do not remove yet).

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out upper suspension link and unscrew nut.


1- Ball joint puller - T10187-
– Support wheel bearing housing with the support -
T10149- .and swing engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
outwards.

– Undo and remove bolted joint -1-.

– Remove bolt -1- for air spring strut -2- from suspension link.
– Push top suspension link upwards, compress air spring strut
and take out.
Installing
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐
ing:

114 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

The air line has 2 markings.


Insert air line until the front marking -arrow A- is completely cov‐
ered by the union nut.
It must only be possible to see the second marking -arrow B- on
the air line.
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Fill air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and in‐
formation system - VAS 5051B- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Air spring strut to body 60 Nm
Air spring strut to lower suspension link 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts and nuts.

Upper suspension link to wheel bearing housing 85 Nm


♦ Use new nuts.

Drive shaft to front final drive 50 Nm + 90°


Coupling rod to air spring strut 110 Nm
Top bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 9 Nm
Lower bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 20 Nm

10.9 Repairing front air spring strut

Note

Observe instructions for repairing air spring struts ⇒ page 107

10. Front air spring strut 115


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Socket, 21 mm - 3186-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Release tool set - VAS 1978/35-

♦ Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-

116 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/3A-

♦ Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/7-


♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Perform the following steps:


– Remove air spring strut ⇒ page 111

Note

♦ Check whether the air spring still has approx. 3 bar residual
pressure.
♦ To do this, press bead of air spring with your thumb. The bead
must offer perceptible resistance.
♦ If no great resistance is detectable, the air spring is unpres‐
surised.

Dismantling air spring strut

– Clamp air spring strut by the anti-roll bar mounting in a vice


with protective jaws.
A - Aluminium protective jaws

Caution

Take care not to damage mounting.

– Knock cable lugs out of connector of air spring strut using set
of releasing tools - VAS 1978/35- .

10. Front air spring strut 117


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew bolts -2- and remove cover -3-.


– Push cable through grommet -1-.

– Unscrew nut from mount by counterholding it by the hexagonal


piece -3-.
1- Commercially available ratchet handle
2- Socket AF 21 - 3186-
– Remove mounting from shock absorber.
– Push bellows downwards.

118 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Press air spring plunger -1- off from shock absorber using
spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1- .

Note

To avoid damage, a rubber mat -6- or similar must be inserted


between spring retainer inserts - V.A.G 1752/7- -5- and air spring
plunger.

1- Air spring plunger


2- External guide
3- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
4- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/3A-
5- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/7-
6- Rubber mat or similar

Caution

♦ Insert protection, e.g. rubber, between spring retainer in‐


serts - V.A.G 1752/7- and air spring plunger.
♦ Insert protection, e.g. rubber, between spring retainers -
V.A.G 1752/3A- and shock absorber.
♦ Ensure that the plunger -1- does not slip down and out of
the external guide -2-.

Note

If the air spring is to be reused and the plunger has slipped out of
the external guide, it must be pushed in again by forming an even
fold all around the bellows -arrows-.

10. Front air spring strut 119


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Pull bellows -1- off shock absorber -arrow-.

Assembling air spring strut


– If the shock absorber has not been replaced, the sealing rings
-arrows- on the piston rod and the shock absorber tube must
be replaced.
– Clean contact surface with a lint-free cloth.

Note

Even slight soiling leads to air spring strut leakages.

– Lightly grease the seal with lithium grease - G 052 150 A2- .
– Push retention element onto shock absorber tube.

– Fit bellows -1- onto shock absorber.


– Ensure groove of bellows latches into place on shock absorber
-arrow-.

120 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Note

If the air spring is to be reused and the plunger has slipped out of
the external guide, it must be pushed in again by forming an even
fold all around the bellows -arrows-.

– Extend shock absorber line, e.g. with a cable in order to take


it through the air spring.
– Push bellows downwards.

– Make sure that bump stop -1- is correctly seated in cover -2-
-arrow-.
The large diameter of the bump stop -1- must be seated so that
it is held clamped in the cover -2-.

– Fit mounting and secure with a new bolt, counterholding by the


hexagonal piece -3-.
1- Commercially available ratchet handle
2- Socket AF 21 - 3186-

10. Front air spring strut 121


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Align air spring so that pressure retention valve -1- is located


precisely on the air spring strut's imaginary symmetry axis
-arrow-.
– The pressure retention valve -1- must face towards the hole
for coupling rod -2-.

Note

During alignment, only turn by the plunger ⇒ Item 7 (page 109) in


order to avoid damaging the bellows ⇒ Item 6 (page 109) inside
the air spring.

– Fit cover -3- and secure with bolts -2-.


Vehicles with grommet that is not glued in.
– Insert grommet -1- in cover -3-.
Continued for both versions
– Push cable through grommet.
– Insert cable lug into connector housing.
– Install air spring strut ⇒ page 111 , but do not yet install air line.

– Raise air spring strut using engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G
1383 A- until plunger -1- lies on retention element -arrow-.

122 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Use removal wedge - 3409- to push retention element into


plunger.
1- Removal wedge - 3409-

– Continue to raise air spring strut using engine and gearbox


jack - V.A.G 1383 A- until welded ring on shock absorber tube
has disappeared approx. 3 mm into retention plunger
-arrow-.
– When lowering (rebound), hold pressure retention valve open
by opening valve tappet, e.g. with a 5 mm hexagon wrench,
so that air can flow in.

Note

This prevents the bellows from wrinkling.

– Push bellows onto air spring.

The air line has 2 markings.


Insert air line until the front marking -arrow A- is completely cov‐
ered by the union nut.
It must only be possible to see the second marking -arrow B- on
the air line.
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Fill air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and in‐
formation system - VAS 5051B- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Bearing to shock absorber 70 Nm
♦ Use new nuts.

Cover on air spring 9 Nm

10.10 Removing and installing pressure reten‐


tion valve
Special tools and workshop equipment required

10. Front air spring strut 123


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Note

♦ The pressure retention valve is maintenance-free and may be


replaced only if a leak is detected.
♦ When the air spring strut is removed, no further preliminary
work is required to renew the pressure retention valve.

WARNING

♦ The pressure retention valve can be replaced only with the


vehicle on a lifting platform. It must be possible to turn the
vehicle's wheels freely.
♦ The pressure retention valve may also come loose when
loosening the air line.
♦ If the vehicle is not raised using a lifting platform, the ve‐
hicle immediately lowers on the side at which the pressure
retention valve is loosened. There is an acute risk of injury,
as arms may become trapped.
♦ The vehicle must remain on the lifting platform until a new
pressure retention valve has been installed and the air
spring strut has been refilled.

Perform the following steps:


Removing
This procedure applies to renewing a pressure retention valve
with the air spring strut installed.
– Activate jacking mode ⇒ page 259 .
– Place vehicle onto lifting platform and raise until wheels can
be freely rotated.
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Clean the area where pressure retention valve is located.

124 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew air line from pressure retention valve -1-.


– Unscrew pressure retention valve from air spring strut.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

The air line has 2 markings.


Insert air line until the front marking -arrow A- is completely cov‐
ered by the union nut.
It must only be possible to see the second marking -arrow B- on
the air line.
– Fill air spring strut using vehicle diagnostic, testing and infor‐
mation system - VAS 5051- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Pressure retention valve to air spring strut 12 Nm
Air line to pressure retention valve 4 Nm

10. Front air spring strut 125


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

11 Assembly overview: drive shaft

1 - Nut
❑ 500 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
2 - Outer constant velocity joint
❑ Renew only as com‐
plete unit
❑ Checking ⇒ page 139
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 136
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
3 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
4 - Clip
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 138
5 - Boot
❑ Check for splits and
chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (poly‐
ester elastomer)
6 - Clip
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 139
7 - Drive shaft
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
8 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ 50 Nm and 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
9 - Locking plate
10 - Clip
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 139
11 - Boot
❑ Check for splits and chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (polyester elastomer)
12 - Clip
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 138
13 - Inner constant velocity joint
❑ Renew only as complete unit

126 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 137
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
14 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
15 - Cover
❑ Renew after each removal

11.1 Loosening and tightening 12-point nut


securing drive shaft
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket 32 mm - T10209-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1601-

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐


ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen the 12-point nut by more than 90°
when vehicle is resting on wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 150 Nm.

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 127


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Loosen 12-point nut
– Loosen 12-point nut when vehicle is still standing on its
wheels.
– Loosen with socket 32 mm - T10209- only by a maximum of
90°, otherwise the wheel bearing will be damaged.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259
Continued for all vehicles
– Raise vehicle so that wheels are off the ground.
– Have second mechanic apply brakes.
– Unscrew 12-point nut -arrow-.
Screw on twelve-point nut
– Replace hexagonal nut.
– Have second mechanic apply brakes.
– Pre-tighten 12-point nut to 150 Nm.
– Lower vehicle onto its wheels.
– Tighten to 500 Nm.

11.2 Removing and installing drive shaft

128 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Fitting tool - T10206-


♦ Spring tensioner - VW 552-
♦ Adapter - T10103/1-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-
♦ Bits XZN 12 - T10099-
♦ Support - T10149-

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 129


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ 32 mm bits - T10209-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1601-
♦ Ejector - T10520-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 127 .

130 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐


ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen the 12-point nut by more than 90°
when vehicle is resting on wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 150 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for all vehicles
– Insert spring tensioner - VW 552- -1- into upper opening of
wheel housing and attach to top suspension link on both sides
of the vehicle.
– Slightly pretension suspension link so that the ball pivot of the
suspension link is not damaged.
– Unbolt drive shaft from final drive.

– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove complete‐
ly.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Push track rod off wheel bearing housing and remove nut.
1- Ball joint puller - T10187-

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 131


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove upper bracket for brake line -1 - from wheel bearing


housing -arrow-.

– Pull connector -1- and cable out of the bracket -3-.


– Undo bolt -2- and remove lower bracket for brake line -3- from
wheel bearing housing.

Before using pressure tool - T10520- ensure that thrust piece


-1- is inserted.

– Press out drive shaft.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-
– When removing, make sure joints have adequate clearance.

132 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.


I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.
II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with ejector - T10520- .

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft further,
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply
the hydraulic force.

– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

– Attach support - T10149- with a wheel bolt.

– Slacken off nut on tapered pin (but do not remove yet).

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Press out upper suspension link and unscrew nut.


1- Ball joint puller - T10187-

– Remove bolt -1- for strut -2- from suspension link.

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 133


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Undo and remove bolted joint -1-.


– Pull bolt out of lower suspension link.
– Lower wheel bearing housing until drive shaft can be removed.
– Remove drive shaft.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Guide outer joint into wheel hub splines as far as possible.

– Pull drive shaft in to stop using fitting tool - T10206- .


– Remove fitting tool - T10206- .
– Tighten 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 127 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Drive shaft to front final drive 50 Nm + 90°
Drive shaft to wheel bearing 500 Nm
♦ Use new nuts.

Upper suspension link to wheel bearing housing 85 Nm


♦ Use new nuts.

Spring strut to lower suspension link 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts

Track rod ball joint to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm


♦ Use new nuts.

Top bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 9 Nm


Lower bracket for brake line on wheel bearing housing 20 Nm

11.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft

134 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Thrust piece - VW 454-


♦ Thrust plate - VW 401-
♦ Press tool - VW 408 A-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
♦ Clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682-
♦ Snap ring pliers - VW 161 A-

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 135


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Press tool - VW 412-


♦ Multi-purpose tool - VW 771-
♦ Puller - T10382-
Perform the following steps:
– Remove drive shaft ⇒ page 128 .
Removing outer constant velocity joint
– Clamp drive shaft in vice using jaw protectors.
– Remove clamps.
– Fold back boot.
– Set puller - T10382- up so that smooth side of puller plate -
T10382/1- points to spindles - T10382/2- .
– Assemble puller - T10382- complete with multi-purpose tool -
VW 771- .

136 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Pull constant velocity joint off drive shaft.


1- Puller plate - T10382/1-
2- Spindles - T10382/2-
Check outer joint ⇒ page 139
Driving on outer constant velocity joint
– Install new retaining ring.
– If necessary, push new joint boot onto drive shaft.
– Press half of the total amount of grease from repair kit into the
joint body.
– Distribute remaining grease from repair kit in the protective
boot of the joint.
– Knock onto shaft with plastic hammer until retaining ring en‐
gages.
Removing inner constant velocity joint
– Remove clamps.
– First, remove outer constant velocity joint ⇒ page 136 .
– Pull protective boot off inner joint.

– Drive off cover for inner joint.


Remove retaining ring using circlip pliers - VW 161 A- .

– Press inner joint off drive shaft as illustrated. Hold drive shaft
whilst doing this.
Inner joint cannot be dismantled for checking.
Pressing on inner constant velocity joint

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 137


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Press inner joint onto drive shaft as illustrated.


– Install new circlip onto drive shaft with circlip pliers - VW 161
A- .
– If necessary, push new joint boot onto drive shaft.
– Press half of the total amount of grease from repair kit into the
joint body.
– Distribute remaining grease from repair kit in the protective
boot of the joint.
– Fit new cover on inner joint.

Tightening clamp on larger diameter


– Position clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.
Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on O-
type clip.
– Tighten clip by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do not
cant pliers).

Note

♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared


to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip, it is
only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner - V.A.G
1682- .
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench with setting range of 5 … 50 Nm (e.g. tor‐
que wrench - V.A.G 1331- ).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubricate
with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the thread is tight (e.g. due to dirt), the required clamping
force for the clip will not be attained although the correct torque
is applied.

138 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Tightening clip on small diameter


– Position clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.
Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on O-
type clip.
– Tighten clip by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do not
cant pliers).

Note

♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared


to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip, it is
only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner - V.A.G
1682- .
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with setting range 5 … 50 Nm (e.g.
torque wrench - V.A.G 1331- ).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubricate
with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the thread is tight (e.g. due to dirt), the required clamping
force for the clip will not be attained although the correct torque
is applied.

11.4 Checking outer joint


The joint has to be dismantled to renew the grease or to check
the running surfaces of the balls for wear and damage.
Removing
– Before dismantling, mark position of ball hub in relation to ball
cage and joint body with an electric scriber or oil stone.
– Swing ball hub and ball cage.
– Remove balls one at a time.
– Take out cage with hub.

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 139


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Swing segment of hub into cage window.


– Tip hub out of cage.
The 6 balls for each joint belong to a tolerance group. Check stub
axle, hub, cage and balls for small indentations (pitting) and
traces of seizing. Too much circumferential backlash in the joint
becomes noticeable during load change jolts; in such cases, the
joint must be renewed. Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls
are no reason to change the joint.
Installing
– Pack half of total grease quantity (60 g) into joint body.
– Fit cage with hub into joint body.
– Note large chamfer on inner diameter of ball hub and large
inner diameter on ball cage; these must point to drive shaft on
installation.
– Press in opposing balls one after the other; the original position
of the hub relative to the cage and joint body must be restored.
– Distribute remaining grease in boot.

140 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

42 – Rear suspension
1 Evaluating accident vehicles
A check list for evaluating running gear of accident vehicles can
be found under ⇒ page 1 .

1. Evaluating accident vehicles 141


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

2 Raising rear axle in unladen state

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Tensioning strap - T10038-
♦ Support - T10149-

Caution

All bolts on running gear components with bonded rubber


bushes may be tightened only when the component is in the
unladen position (normal position).
Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent.
Axle components with bonded rubber bushes must therefore
be brought to a position equivalent to the unladen (normal) po‐
sition before being tightened.
Otherwise, the bonded rubber bush would be subject to torsion
loading, shortening its service life.

142 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

To simulate this position on the lifting platform, raise the respec‐


tive wheel suspension with the engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G
1383 A- and support - T10149- .
Before the axle on one side is raised, both sides of the vehicle
must be strapped to the lifting platform arms with tensioning
straps - T10038- .

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, there is a danger that the


vehicle will slip off the lifting platform/hoist.

– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.
– Attach support - T10149- to wheel hub using wheel bolt.
Respective nuts and bolts may be tightened only when dimension
-a- between the centre of wheel hub and edge of wheel housing
has been attained.
The dimension -a- depends on the ride height of the installed run‐
ning gear:

Running gear 1) Ride height -a- in mm


Steel spring strut 1BA/1BE 486 ± 10 mm
Steel spring strut 1BB 502 ± 10 mm
Air spring strut 1BK/1BY 483 ± 10 mm
Air spring strut 2MA 458 ± 10 mm
1)The type of running gear fitted to the vehicle is recorded on the
vehicle data sticker. The running gear is identified by the PR
number. Which PR. No. refers to which running gear can be found
here ⇒ page 297 .
– Raise wheel bearing housing using engine and gearbox jack
- V.A.G 1383 A- until dimension -a- is attained.

WARNING

♦ Never raise or lower the vehicle while the engine and


gearbox jack is positioned beneath the vehicle.
♦ Do not leave engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
under vehicle longer than necessary.

– Tighten respective nuts and bolts.


– Lower wheel bearing housing.
– Pull engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- out from under
vehicle.
– Detach support - T10149- .

2. Raising rear axle in unladen state 143


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

3 Overview - rear axle

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 142 .

I - Assembly overview - sub‐


frame, stone-chip protection
⇒ page 146
II - Assembly overview: sus‐
pension link, track rod
⇒ page 163
III - Assembly overview: wheel
bearing ⇒ page 179
IV - Assembly overview: rear
suspension ⇒ page 204

144 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

V - Assembly overview: anti-


roll bar ⇒ page 206
VI - Assembly overview - steel
spring strut ⇒ page 215
VII - Rear air spring damper
⇒ page 226

3. Overview - rear axle 145


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4 Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 142 .

1 - Bolt
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
2 - Rear final drive
3 - Nut
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
4 - Subframe
❑ Fixing position
⇒ page 148
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 149
❑ Repairing, bonded rub‐
ber bushes in direction
of travel at front
⇒ page 153
❑ Repairing, bonded rub‐
ber bushes in direction
of travel at rear
⇒ page 157
5 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Removing and installing
front bonded rubber
bush ⇒ page 153
❑ Removing and installing
rear bonded rubber
bush ⇒ page 157
6 - Bolt
❑ 1 Nm
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA” Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info
7 - Bolt
❑ 120 Nm + 180°
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
8 - Stone deflector
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”

146 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

9 - Bolt
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
10 - Stone deflector
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
11 - Spreader rivet
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
12 - Stone deflector
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
13 - Spreader rivet
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
14 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
15 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each removal

4.1 Repairing thread in rear longitudinal


member
Repairing the thread in captive nuts in the rear longitudinal mem‐
ber is possible under certain conditions ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr.
50 .

4. Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection 147


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4.2 Fixing position of subframe

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Locating pins - T10300-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- or
♦ Scissor-type assembly platform - VAS 6131-
– Position engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- with nec‐
essary supports under subframe.

148 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove one of the front bolts of the subframe -arrow-

– Screw in locating pins - T10300- -1-.

– Screw in locating pins - T10300- »by hand« as far as the


marking -A-.
– Now, tighten locating pins - T10300- to 30 Nm, counterholding
sleeve with open-jaw spanner on flats to prevent its turning.
– This must now be done for the second rear bolt of the sub‐
frame.
The position of the subframe is now fixed.
Remove locating devices - T10300- in reverse order.

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts

4.3 Removing and installing subframe

4. Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection 149


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-


♦ Brake pedal depressor - V.A.G 1869/2-
♦ Scissor-type assembly platform - VAS 6131-
♦ Support (2x) - VAS 6131/6-5-
♦ Support (2x) - VAS 6131/6-7-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Brief description:
The subframe is removed using the assembly platform. Subframe
is removed together with rear final drive, lower suspension links
and wheel bearing housings. The air/steel spring struts remain on
vehicle.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Apply brake pedal depressor - V.A.G 1869/2- .
– Loosen wheel bolts.

150 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove rear part of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Removing
and installing parts of exhaust system .
– Remove propshaft from rear final drive and lift and tie in place
⇒ Rep. gr. 39 ; Final drives, differential .
– Separate brake lines.
– Disconnect all electrical lines from body to axle.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between air spring strut -1-
and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Continued for all vehicles

4. Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection 151


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Bolt supports - VAS 6131/6-7- and -VAS 6131/6-5- onto scis‐


sor-type lifting platform - VAS 6131- .

– Support subframe with assembly platform - VAS 6131- .


– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 148 .

– Unscrew rear bolts for subframe -arrow- on both sides of ve‐


hicle.
– Slowly lower the subframe with scissor-type assembly plat‐
form - VAS 6131- .
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Install subframe using bolts originally removed. These bolts
must be renewed following wheel alignment.
– Tighten the old bolts to the specified torque but without angled
torque wrench.
– Check wheel alignment after completing the installation
⇒ page 286 .
– Bleed brake system ⇒ Rep. gr. 47 ; Bleeding brake system .
– Install wheels and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Air/steel spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing 90 Nm + 90°
housing
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

152 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts.

4.4 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber


bushes in direction of travel at front
– Before replacing a defective bonded rubber bush, check the
other bonded rubber bushes.
If cracks or other damage is visible, they must be replaced.

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Countersupport - KUKKO 22-2- -4-
♦ Internal puller - KUKKO 21/4- -1-
♦ Splitter - KUKKO 15-2- -3-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Tensioning strap - T10038-

4. Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection 153


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Assembly tool - T10301-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Secure exhaust system to subframe using tensioning strap -
T10038- -1- as shown in figure.
– Release rear part of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Removing
and installing parts of exhaust system .

Vehicles with air spring struts


– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between air spring strut -1-
and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.

154 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Continued for all vehicles
– Position engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under sub‐
frame.

– Remove front subframe bolts -1-.


– Position engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under sub‐
frame.

– Lower subframe -1-.


a - Max. 40 mm

4. Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection 155


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Prise off cover -1- for example with a screwdriver -arrow-.


Pressing out bonded rubber bush

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/5-
2- Support ring - T10301/4-
3- Tube - T10301/3-
4- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
5- Nut - T10301/2-
6- Spindle - T10301/1-
Chamfer on outer circumference of support ring - T10301/4- must
face subframe.
– Press out bonded rubber bush.

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

Installation position

Holes -1- must face direction of normal travel.


The cut-outs -arrow- must be at right angles to direction of normal
travel.
Pressing in bonded rubber bush

156 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/7-
2- Bonded rubber bush
3- Thrust plate - T10301/6-
4- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
5- Nut - T10301/2-
6- Spindle - T10301/1-
– Press in bonded rubber bush until collar contacts sleeve of
subframe »without gaps«.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Bolt on subframe using new bolts.

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts

Exhaust system to body ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Removing and installing parts of


exhaust system

4.5 Repairing subframe, bonded rubber


bushes in direction of travel at rear
– Before replacing a defective bonded rubber bush, check the
other bonded rubber bushes.
If cracks or other damage is visible, they must be replaced.

4. Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection 157


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Countersupport - KUKKO 22-2- -4-
♦ Internal puller - KUKKO 21/4- -1-
♦ Splitter - KUKKO 15-2- -3-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Tensioning strap - T10038-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

158 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Assembly tool - T10301-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Raise vehicle.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between air spring strut -1-
and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with steel spring struts

– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut


-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

4. Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection 159


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Continued for all vehicles
– Position engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under sub‐
frame.

– Remove front subframe bolts -1-.


– Position engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- under sub‐
frame.

– Lower subframe -1-.


a - Max. 40 mm

– Prise off cover -1- for example with a screwdriver -arrow-.


Pressing out bonded rubber bush

160 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/5-
2- Support ring - T10301/4-
3- Tube - T10301/3-
4- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
5- Nut - T10301/2-
6- Spindle - T10301/1-
Chamfer on outer circumference of support ring - T10301/4- must
face subframe.
– Press out bonded rubber bush.

Caution

♦ Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- with universal support under cylinder as
cylinder may drop down at end of pressing-out process.
♦ Hold hydraulic press - VAS 6178- securely during press‐
ing-out process.

Installation position

Holes -1- must face direction of normal travel.


The cut-outs -arrow- must be at right angles to direction of normal
travel.
Pressing in bonded rubber bush

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Press tool - T10301/7-
2- Bonded rubber bush
3- Thrust plate - T10301/6-
4- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
5- Nut - T10301/2-
6- Spindle - T10301/1-
– Press in bonded rubber bush until collar contacts sleeve of
subframe »without gaps«.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Bolt on subframe using new bolts.

4. Assembly overview - subframe, stone-chip protection 161


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°
♦ Use new bolts

Exhaust system to body ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Removing and installing parts of


exhaust system

162 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5 Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 142 .

1 - Subframe
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 149
2 - Eccentric washer
❑ Inner hole with lug
3 - Track rod
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 171
4 - Eccentric bolt
❑ If loosened, wheel align‐
ment must be per‐
formed
❑ Do not turn more than
90° in either direction
(i.e. from minimum to
maximum adjustment
position).
5 - Nut
❑ 170 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Always tighten bolted
connection in unladen
state ⇒ page 142 .
6 - Bolt
❑ 150 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Always tighten bolted
connection in unladen
state ⇒ page 142 .
7 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each removal
8 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Always tighten bolted connection in unladen state ⇒ page 142 .
9 - Nut
❑ Renew after each removal

5. Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod 163


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10 - Upper rear transverse link


❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 168
11 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 181
12 - Nut
❑ Renew after each removal
13 - Bolt
❑ 150 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Always tighten bolted connection in unladen state ⇒ page 142 .
14 - Bolt
❑ 150 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Always tighten bolted connection in unladen state ⇒ page 142 .
15 - Nut
❑ Renew after each removal
16 - Front upper transverse link
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 165
17 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Always tighten bolted connection in unladen state ⇒ page 142 .
18 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each removal
19 - Stone deflector
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
20 - Spreader rivet
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
21 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each removal
22 - Lower transverse link
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 174
23 - Nut
❑ 150 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Always tighten bolted connection in unladen state ⇒ page 142 .
24 - Eccentric bolt
❑ If loosened, wheel alignment must be performed
❑ Do not turn more than 90° in either direction (i.e. from minimum to maximum adjustment position).
25 - Eccentric washer
❑ Inner hole with lug
26 - Nut
❑ 170 Nm
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Always tighten bolted connection in unladen state ⇒ page 142 .

164 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

27 - Bolt
❑ 150 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Always tighten bolted connection in unladen state ⇒ page 142 .
28 - Nut
❑ Renew after each removal

5.1 Removing and installing front upper transverse link

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1601-

5. Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod 165


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with steel spring struts
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

– Unscrew coupling rod -1- bolted connection -arrow- from rear


vehicle level sender on front of upper transverse link.
Vehicles with dynamic headlight range control
– Unscrew coupling rod -1- bolted connection -arrow- from rear
vehicle level sender on transverse link.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove bolted joint -2- of cable bracket.
– Remove stone deflector strip -3- if there is one.
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

– Attach support - T10149- with a wheel bolt -A-.


– Support wheel bearing housing.

166 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew bolted joints -arrows- of upper front transverse link


-1-.
– Remove bolts.
– Remove upper front transverse link -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Insert upper front transverse link into vehicle and hand-tighten
bolts.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear
transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.

– Insert bolt -arrow- between steel spring strut -1- and coupling
rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolt.
The steel spring strut may only be bolted to wheel bearing housing
with coupling rod only when distance “a” has been attained
⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten bolt of steel spring strut.
Continued for both vehicles
The transverse link may be bolted on only when size “a” has been
attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten front upper transverse link on subframe and wheel
bearing housing.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for both vehicles
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Upper front transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

5. Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod 167


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Upper front transverse link to subframe 90 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Front coupling rod of rear vehicle level sender to upper front 8 Nm


transverse link
Cable bracket to front upper transverse link 8 Nm
Steel spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing hous‐ 90 Nm + 90°
ing
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

5.2 Removing and installing upper rear transverse link

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-

168 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-


Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with steel spring struts
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Continued for both vehicles
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

– Attach support - T10149- with a wheel bolt -A-.


– Support wheel bearing housing.

5. Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod 169


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew bolted joint -arrow- of upper front transverse link -1-


at wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.

– Unscrew bolted joint -arrow- of upper rear transverse link -1-


at wheel bearing housing and subframe.
– Remove bolts.
– Remove upper rear transverse link -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Insert upper rear transverse link into vehicle and hand-tighten
bolts.
– Hand-tighten bolt for upper front transverse link at wheel bear‐
ing housing.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear
transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.

170 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert bolt -arrow- between spring strut -1- and coupling rod at
wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolt.
The steel spring strut may only be bolted to wheel bearing housing
with coupling rod only when distance “a” has been attained
⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten bolt of steel spring strut.
Continued for both vehicles
The transverse links may be bolted on only when size “a” has
been attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten transverse links at subframe and wheel bearing hous‐
ing.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for both vehicles
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Upper rear transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

Upper rear transverse link to subframe 90 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Upper front transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Steel spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing hous‐ 90 Nm + 90°
ing
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

5.3 Removing and installing track rod

5. Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod 171


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with steel spring struts
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

172 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Continued for both vehicles
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

– Attach support - T10149- with a wheel bolt -A-.


– Support wheel bearing housing.

– Unscrew and remove bolted connection -arrows- of track rod


-1-.
– Remove bolts.
– Remove track rod -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Insert track rod into vehicle and hand-tighten bolts.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear
transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.

5. Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod 173


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert bolt -arrow- between steel spring strut -1- and coupling
rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolt.
The steel spring strut may only be bolted to wheel bearing housing
with coupling rod only when distance “a” has been attained
⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten bolt of steel spring strut.
Continued for both vehicles
The track rod may be bolted only when distance “a” has been
attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten track rod at subframe and wheel bearing housing.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for both vehicles
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 286 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Track rod to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

Track rod to subframe 170 Nm


♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Steel spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing hous‐ 90 Nm + 90°
ing
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

5.4 Removing and installing lower transverse link

174 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with steel spring struts
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

5. Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod 175


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Continued for both vehicles
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

– Attach support - T10149- with a wheel bolt -A-.


– Support wheel bearing housing.

– Unscrew bolted joint -arrow- of lower transverse link -1- at


wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.

– Unscrew bolted joints -arrows- of lower transverse link -1- at


subframe.
– Remove bolts.
– Push transverse link inwards towards subframe.
– Swivel from transverse link at wheel bearing housing down‐
wards.
– Remove transverse link -1- from subframe.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Insert transverse link into vehicle and hand-tighten bolts.

176 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear
transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.

– Insert bolt -arrow- between steel spring strut -1- and coupling
rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolt.
The steel spring strut may only be bolted to wheel bearing housing
with coupling rod only when distance “a” has been attained
⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten bolt of steel spring strut.
Continued for both vehicles
The track rod may be bolted only when distance “a” has been
attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten transverse link at subframe and wheel bearing hous‐
ing.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for both vehicles
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 286 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Transverse link to subframe at front 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

Transverse link at subframe at rear to eccentric bolt 170 Nm


♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

5. Assembly overview - suspension link, track rod 177


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Steel spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing hous‐ 90 Nm + 90°
ing
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

178 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

6 Assembly overview: wheel bearing

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 142 .

1 - Wheel bearing
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 194

Caution
Avoidance
• of dirt and
seal damage when plac‐
ing on a surface/storing
away ⇒ page 180 .

2 - Wheel hub
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 200

Caution
Avoidance
• of dirt and
seal damage when plac‐
ing on a surface/storing
away ⇒ page 180 .

3 - Nut
❑ 500 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
4 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Qty. 4
5 - Brake carrier plate
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46
6 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 181

Caution
Avoidance
• of dirt and
seal damage when plac‐
ing on a surface/storing
away ⇒ page 180 .

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 179


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

7 - Drive shaft
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 246
❑ Before assembling, coat splines with assembly paste - G 052 109 A2- .
8 - Rear speed sensor
9 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
10 - Bolts
❑ 80 Nm + 120°
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Qty. 4
11 - Cable retainer
12 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm

Avoidance of dirt and seal damage when placing on a surface/


storing away
♦ Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.
♦ When placing wheel bearing unit on a surface, always make
sure the hub -2- faces downwards.
The same procedure applies to the wheel bearing without hub.

180 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

6.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Fitting tool - T10206-


♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Adapter - T10103/1-
♦ Socket 32 mm - T10209-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1601-
♦ Ejector - T10520-

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 181


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
– Loosen 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 246 .

182 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐


ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen the 12-point nut by more than 90°
when vehicle is resting on wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 150 Nm.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Remove wheel.
Continued for both vehicles
– Remove brake calliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake systems; Rep.
gr. 46 ; Repairing rear brake .
– Attach brake calliper to body so that weight of brake calliper
does not bend or damage brake hose or brake pipe.
– Remove parking brake ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr. 46 ; Re‐
pairing rear brake .

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 183


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Release and pull off connector -1- at parking brake motor of


electromechanical parking brake.

– Release and pull off connector -1- from rear speed sensor .

– Remove rear speed sensor -1-. To do this, unscrew bolt


-arrow-.

– Unscrew bolt -arrow- and remove retainer -1- with cables.

184 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Before using pressure tool - T10520- ensure that thrust piece


-1- is inserted.

– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the bot‐
tom.
– Fit tools as shown in illustration.
1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-
3- Support - T10149-
4- Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
– Support wheel bearing housing.

– Loosen bolted joint -arrow- of upper front transverse link -1- at


wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 185


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Loosen bolted joint -arrow- of upper rear transverse link -1- at


wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.

– Loosen bolt -arrow- of track rod -1- at wheel bearing housing.


– Remove bolt.

Vehicles with air spring struts


– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between air spring strut -1-
and coupling rod -2- at wheel bearing housing -3-.
– Remove bolt.

Continued for both vehicles


– Loosen bolted joint -arrow- of lower transverse link -1- at wheel
bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.

186 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Pull wheel bearing housing off drive shaft.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-
3- Support - T10149-
4- Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.


I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.
II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with ejector - T10520- .

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft further,
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply
the hydraulic force.

– Remove wheel bearing housing together with parking brake


motor of electromechanical parking brake and brake carrier.
If the wheel bearing housing is to be replaced, the following must
be done:

– Clamp wheel bearing housing in vice using protective jaw cov‐


ers.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Remove wheel bearing unit-1- from wheel bearing housing.

Caution

• Avoidance of dirt and seal damage when placing on a sur‐


face/storing away ⇒ page 180 .

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 187


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Avoidance of dirt and seal damage when placing on a surface/


storing away
♦ Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.
♦ When placing wheel bearing unit on a surface, always make
sure the hub -2- faces downwards.
The same procedure applies to the wheel bearing without hub.

– Unscrew bolts -1- and remove cover plate -2-.


– Remove parking brake motor of electromechanical parking
brake ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr. 46 ; Removing and installing
parking brake motor .
Installing

Note

♦ If the wheel bearing housing has been renewed, the sequence


of installation must be complied with.
♦ Install parking brake motor of electromechanical parking
brake.
♦ Fit cover plate.
♦ Install wheel bearing unit.

Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐


lowing:
– Install wheel bearing housing with help of support -
T10149- .and engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- .
– Guide outer joint into wheel hub splines of wheel hub as far as
possible.
– Hand-tighten bolted connections at wheel bearing housing.
– Remove support - T10149- from wheel bearing housing.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear
transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.

188 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert bolt -arrow- between steel spring strut -1- and coupling
rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolted connection.
Continued for both vehicles

– Pull drive shaft in.


1- Fitting tool - T10206-
The wheel bearing housing may be bolted on only when distance
“a” has been attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten bolted connections at wheel bearing housing.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for both vehicles
– Install parking brake ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr. 46 ; Repairing
rear brake .

– Install rear speed sensor -1-.


– Tighten bolt -arrow-.
– Fit brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr.
46 ; Repairing rear brake .
– Tighten 12-point nut for drive shaft at wheel hub
⇒ page 246 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Upper rear transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

Spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new bolts and nuts.
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 189


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Upper front transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts and nuts.
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

Tighten bolt for cable bracket on wheel bearing hous‐ 10 Nm


ing
Lower transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Drive shaft to hub 500 Nm


♦ Use new bolts

Bolt for rear speed sensor 8 Nm


Bolts for brake carrier plate 8 Nm
Bolts for parking brake motor of electromechanical 20 Nm + 60°
parking brake.
♦ Use new bolts

Bolts for wheel bearings 80 Nm + 120°


♦ Use new bolts

Track rod to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

6.2 Repairing wheel bearing housing

190 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Assembly tool - T10230-
♦ Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Foot pump - VAS 6179-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

♦ Tensioning strap - T10038-

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 191


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Pressing out bonded rubber bush

WARNING

On vehicles with disconnectable anti-roll bars, the disconnect‐


able anti-roll bars must be engaged before beginning work.
Disengaged anti-roll bars otherwise pose a risk of injury due to
unintentional engagement.

– Remove wheel.
– Remove bolt -1- and remove lower suspension link -2- from
wheel bearing housing.

– Insert a piece of wood between suspension link -arrow- and


wheel bearing housing.

WARNING

Without the piece of wood inserted, there is a risk of injury if


the lower suspension link slips back to its original position.

192 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Install tools to wheel bearing housing as shown in illustration.


1- Nut - T10230/2-
2- Press tool - T10230/13-
3- Thrust plate - T10230/6-
4- Tube - T10230/5-
5- Press tool - T10230/4-
6- Tube - T10230/3-
7- Pressure plate - T10230/7-
8- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-

Caution

Before pressing out, position engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G


1383 A- with universal support under cylinder; cylinder may
drop down at end of pressing-out process.

– Press out bonded rubber bush.


Pressing in bonded rubber bush

– Install tools and bonded rubber bush to wheel bearing housing


as shown in illustration.
1- Nut - T10230/2-
2- Press tool - T10230/13-
3- Thrust plate - T10230/6-
4- Bonded rubber bush
5- Press tool - T10230/8-
6- Tube - T10230/3-
7- Pressure plate - T10230/7-
8- Hydraulic press - VAS 6178- and thrust piece - T10205/13-
– Press in the bonded rubber bush to stop.
In doing so, core of bonded rubber bush is pressed in further than
necessary by thrust piece - T10230/6- -arrow-. This is necessary
so that outer lip of bonded rubber bush lies on suspension link.
After releasing hydraulic press - VAS 6178- , core of bonded rub‐
ber bush returns to its correct position.
– Remove wood from between wheel bearing housing and lower
suspension link.

– Press wheel bearing housing in -direction of arrow-.

WARNING

Be careful to press only on wheel bearing housing. The joint


between the suspension link and the wheel bearing housing
presents a risk of injury!

Suspension link will now engage in wheel bearing housing.


Continue installation in reverse order of removal.

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 193


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Suspension link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts and nuts.
♦ Tighten in unladen state.

Wheel to wheel hub 180 Nm

6.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Adapter - T10103/1-
♦ Socket 32 mm - T10209-
♦ Fitting tool - T10206-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1601-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

194 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Ejector - T10520-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Loosen 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 246 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐


ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen the 12-point nut by more than 90°
when vehicle is resting on wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 150 Nm.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 195


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Remove wheel.
Continued for both vehicles
– Remove brake calliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake systems; Rep.
gr. 46 ; Repairing rear brake .
– Attach brake calliper to body so that weight of brake calliper
does not bend or damage brake hose or brake pipe.
– Remove coupling rod ⇒ page 210

– Release and pull off connector -1- at parking brake motor of


electromechanical parking brake.

– Release and pull off connector -1- from rear speed sensor .

– Unscrew bolt -arrow- and remove retainer -1- with cables.

196 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Before using pressure tool - T10520- ensure that thrust piece


-1- is inserted.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.


I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.
II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with ejector - T10520- .

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft further,
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply
the hydraulic force.

– Press drive shaft out of wheel bearing housing as far as stop.

– Remove bolts -arrows- above drive shaft.

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 197


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts -arrows- below drive shaft.

– Pull wheel bearing unit off drive shaft.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-
– Remove wheel bearing unit together with remover - T10520- .

Caution

• Avoidance of dirt and seal damage when placing on a sur‐


face/storing away.

Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.


– Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a
surface.
The same procedure applies to the wheel bearing without hub.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows- below drive shaft.

198 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows- above drive shaft.


– Tighten bolts for wheel bearing unit.

– Pull drive shaft in.


1- Fitting tool - T10206-
– Install coupling rod.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear
transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.

– Insert bolt -arrow- between steel spring strut -1- and coupling
rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolted connection.
Continued for both vehicles
The coupling rod may be bolted on only when distance “a” has
been attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten coupling rod.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
Continued for both vehicles
– Fit brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr.
46 ; Repairing rear brake .
– Tighten 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 246 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
Specified torque

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 199


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Coupling rod to anti-roll bar 100 Nm
♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Tighten bolt for cable bracket on wheel bearing hous‐ 10 Nm


ing
Bolts for wheel bearing unit 80 Nm +120°
♦ Use new bolts

Drive shaft to hub 500 Nm


♦ Use new bolts

6.4 Repairing wheel bearing unit

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

200 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Thrust plate - VW 401-


♦ Thrust plate - VW 402-
♦ Press tool - VW 412-
♦ Assembly tool - T10230-
♦ Splitter - Kukko 15/3 mit 17/3-
Perform the following steps:
– Remove wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 194 .
Press wheel hub out of wheel bearing
– Use special tools as illustrated.
1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Sleeve - T10230/8-
3- Press tool - T10230/3-
4- Wheel bearing unit
5- Pressure plate - VW 402-
6- Pressure plate - VW 401-
– Press wheel hub out of wheel bearing.

Press bearing inner race off wheel hub


– Insert splitter between bearing inner race -1- and wheel hub
-2- and pretension with spindle.

Note

Use a standard commercially available splitter, e. g. 15/3 and 17/3


from KUKKO.

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 201


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Use special tools as illustrated.


1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Sleeve - T10230/8-
3- Press tool - T10230/3-
4- Wheel hub
5- Inner bearing race
6- Kukko 15/3 with 17/3.
– Press bearing inner race off wheel hub.
Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing

Caution

• Avoidance of dirt and seal damage when placing on a sur‐


face/storing away.

Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.


– Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a
surface.

202 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Use special tools as illustrated.


1- Press tool - VW 412-
2- Pressure plate - VW 402-
3- Wheel hub
4- Ball bearing
5- Pressure plate - VW 401-

Note

Machined surface of wheel bearing outer race faces downwards.

Caution

When placing on a surface or pressing in, make sure that there


is no dirt between thrust plate - VW 401- -5- and ball bearing
-4-.

– Press wheel hub into wheel bearing.


– Install wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 194 .

6. Assembly overview: wheel bearing 203


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

7 Assembly overview - rear suspension

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 142 .

-Arrow A- direction of travel

1 - Body
2 - Bolt
❑ M10 x 1.5 x 115
❑ 50 Nm + 180°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Observe tightening se‐
quence for steel spring
struts
♦ Tightening sequence on left
⇒ page 219 .
♦ Tightening sequence on
right ⇒ page 220 .
❑ Observe tightening se‐
quence for air spring
struts
♦ Tightening sequence on left
⇒ page 233 .
♦ Tightening sequence on
right ⇒ page 233 .
3 - Bolt
❑ M10 x 1.5 x 160
❑ 50 Nm + 180°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
4 - Steel spring strut
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 217
❑ Repairing ⇒ page 220
5 - Bolt
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
6 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 181
7 - Coupling rod
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 210

204 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

8 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each removal
9 - Air spring strut
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 229
❑ Repairing ⇒ page 235

7. Assembly overview - rear suspension 205


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

8 Assembly overview: anti-roll bar

1 - Subframe
2 - Coupling rod on right
❑ connects anti-roll bar to
shock absorber/wheel
bearing housing
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 210
3 - Nut
❑ 100 Nm
❑ Self-locking
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ When tightening, coun‐
terhold on multi-point
socket of bolt
❑ Tighten in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
❑ Tighten evenly
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Tighten in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
5 - Clip
❑ As of model year 2015
an additional bracket for
the tyre pressure moni‐
tor control unit - J502- is
bolted to the clamp on
vehicles with tyre pres‐
sure monitoring system ⇒ page 207 .
6 - Mountings
❑ In two sections on both sides of the vehicle
❑ Are connected to each other by means of latching lugs
❑ Always replace the complete mounting
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 208
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
7 - Anti-roll bar
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 207
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
8 - Coupling rod on left
❑ connects anti-roll bar to shock absorber/wheel bearing housing
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 210

206 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Bracket -1- for tyre pressure monitor control unit, as of model year
2015

8.1 Removing and installing anti-roll bar


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 5 .
Continued for both vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove bolts -arrows-.for anti-roll bar clamp -1- from sub‐
frame.
– Remove anti-roll bar clamp.

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 207


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove nut -1- and pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar
-2-.
– Remove anti-roll bar.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Insert anti-roll bar -2- into vehicle.


– Insert coupling rod -3- in anti-roll bar -2- and hand-tighten nut
-1-.

– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows-.for anti-roll bar clamp -1- uniformly


on subframe.
The anti-roll bar may be bolted on only when distance “a” has
been attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten anti-roll bar clamp on subframe uniformly.
– Secure coupling rod to anti-roll bar.
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Anti-roll bar to subframe 50 Nm
♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Anti-roll bar to coupling rod 100 Nm


♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

8.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar


bush
Special tools and workshop equipment required

208 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 5 .
Continued for both vehicles
– Remove bolts -arrows-.for anti-roll bar clamp -1- from sub‐
frame.
– Remove anti-roll bar clamp.

The two halves of the bush are locked into each other by means
of latching lugs.
– Carefully detach the two latching lugs -arrows- on the anti-roll
bar bush -1-.
Installing

– Make sure bush halves -1- are correctly seated on hexagonal


positioning element -arrow- of the anti-roll bar.
– Press two halves of bush together carefully until the latches
audibly engage.

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 209


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows-.for anti-roll bar clamp -1- uniformly


on subframe.
The anti-roll bar may be bolted on only when distance “a” has
been attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten anti-roll bar clamp on subframe uniformly.

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Anti-roll bar to subframe 50 Nm
♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

8.3 Removing and installing coupling rod

210 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with steel spring struts
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 211


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 5 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Continued for both vehicles
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the top.

– Attach support - T10149- with a wheel bolt -A-.


– Support wheel bearing housing.

– Release and pull off plug-in connection -1- at electromechan‐


ical parking brake.

– Unscrew bolt -arrow- and remove retainer -1- with cables.

212 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Vehicles with air spring struts


– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between air spring strut -1-
and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.
Continued for both vehicles

– Remove nut -1- and pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar
-2-.
– Support wheel bearing housing with the support -
T10149- .and push engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
upwards.
– Take out coupling rod.
Installing

Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐


lowing:
– Insert coupling rod -3- in anti-roll bar -2- and hand-tighten nut
-1-.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear
transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.

8. Assembly overview: anti-roll bar 213


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert bolt -arrows- between steel spring strut -1- and coupling
rod -2- at wheel bearing housing -3-.
– Hand-tighten bolt.

Vehicles with air spring struts


– Insert bolt -arrow- between air spring strut -1- and coupling rod
at wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolt.
Continued for both vehicles
The coupling rod may be bolted on only when distance “a” has
been attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten coupling rod.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
Specified torque

Component Specified torque


Coupling rod to anti-roll bar 100 Nm
♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Coupling rod spring strut to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Tighten bolt for cable bracket on wheel bearing hous‐ 10 Nm


ing

214 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

9 Assembly overview - steel spring strut

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of
components with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bearing housing has been raised (unladen
state) ⇒ page 142 .

1 - Nut
❑ 26 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
2 - Support bearing cover
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 220
3 - Nut
❑ 56 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
4 - Support mounting
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 220
5 - Strut mount
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 220
6 - Upper spring shim
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion ⇒ page 225
7 - Upper spring seat
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion ⇒ page 225
8 - Boot
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 220
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion ⇒ page 224
9 - Buffer stop
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 220
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 224
10 - Coil spring
❑ Surface of coil must not be damaged.
❑ Observe colour coding ⇒ page 216
❑ Observe assignment of spacers ⇒ page 216
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 225

9. Assembly overview - steel spring strut 215


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

11 - Lower spring seat


❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 224
12 - Lower spring shim
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 224
13 - Spacer
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 217
❑ Observe assignment of spacers ⇒ page 216
14 - Buffer cap
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 220
15 - Spring plate
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 220
16 - Shock absorbers
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”

9.1 Assignment of spacers


To ensure an even height at front and rear axles, the coil springs
must be fitted with the correct number of spacers.
Number of spacers
Number of colour marking on coil springs Number of spacers to be used
None 0
1 x violet 1
2 x violet 2

Colour coding of coil springs


1- Colour coding for allocation of spacers
2- Colour coding for allocation of coil springs
3- Coil spring installation position

216 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

9.2 Installation position of spacers


– The positioning lugs of the spacers -2- must latch into the po‐
sitioning openings of the spring shim -1-.

– The spacers -2- must latch over the lugs -arrows- of the spring
plate -1-.

9.3 Removing and installing steel spring


strut
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove floor of luggage compartment⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment panelling .
– Remove mounting plate for floor of luggage compartment⇒
General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage com‐
partment panelling .

9. Assembly overview - steel spring strut 217


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove plugs above bolted connections of steel spring strut.


– Unscrew and remove bolted connections -arrows- of steel
spring strut.

– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut


-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
– Remove steel spring strut.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Insert steel spring strut with guide bolts -arrows A- into upper
holes -arrows B- in body.

218 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows- at strut support.

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Insert steel spring strut -1- in wheel bearing housing.

– Insert bolt -arrow- between steel spring strut -1- and coupling
rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolt.
The steel spring strut may be bolted on only when distance “a”
has been attained ⇒ page 5 .

Observe tightening sequence on left


– Tighten bolts -1- to -4- to 50 Nm in sequence shown.
– Then tighten bolts -1- to -4- 180° further in sequence shown.

9. Assembly overview - steel spring strut 219


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Observe tightening sequence on right


– Tighten bolts -1- to -4- to 50 Nm in sequence shown.
– Then tighten bolts -1- to -4- 120° further in sequence shown.
– Tighten bolts on lower steel spring damper.
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Steel spring strut to body 50 Nm + 120°
♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Observe tightening sequence on left ⇒ page 219
♦ Observe tightening sequence on right ⇒ page 220

Steel spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing hous‐ 90 Nm + 90°
ing
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

9.4 Repairing rear steel spring strut

220 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Insert tool - 3165-


♦ Tube - VW 420-
♦ Shock absorber tool set - T10001-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Suspension strut clamp - V.A.G 1752-
♦ Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
♦ Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/5-
♦ Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
♦ Kukko 45-2
♦ Commercially available ratchet handle
Perform the following steps:
– Remove steel spring strut ⇒ page 217

9. Assembly overview - steel spring strut 221


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Dismantling steel spring strut


– Clamp steel spring strut.
1- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-

– Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in -arrow- in tool.


1- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
2- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/4-
– Remove bearing cover.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Commercially available ratchet handle
2- Hexagon bit, long reach - T10001/8-
3- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
4- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
5- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/4-
6- Hexagon bit, long reach - T10001/5-
7- Ratchet wrench - T10001/11-
– Tension coil spring until upper strut mounting is free.

WARNING

First compress spring far enough to ensure that upper strut


mounting is free.

– Unscrew hexagon nut from piston rod.


– Remove individual parts of steel spring strut.

222 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Kukko 45-2
2- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
– Pull buffer cap off shock absorber.
– Force spring plate off shock absorber.
Assembling steel spring strut
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Drive spring plate onto shock absorber.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Tube - VW 420-
2- Hexagon bit, long reach - 3165-
3- Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
– Push buffer cap onto shock absorber.

– Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in -arrow- in tool.


1- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
2- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/4-

9. Assembly overview - steel spring strut 223


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert lower spring plate -1- correctly into spring shim -2-.

Note

The markings of the lower spring plate and the lower spring shim
must be in line with each other.

– Push stop buffer -1- into bellows -2- until it engages -arrows-.
– Fit bellows onto shock absorber.

– Engage bellows -1- with locking lugs -arrows- of buffer cap


-2-.

224 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– The end of the lower coil of the spring -1- must lie against the
stop -arrow- of the lower spring plate -2-.

– The end of the upper coil of the spring -1- must lie against the
stop -arrow- of the upper spring plate -2-.

– Fit upper spring shim -2- correctly onto upper spring plate
-1-.
The markings of the upper spring plate and the upper spring shim
must be in line with each other.
– Push bellows into strut mounting until it engages.
– Tighten new hexagon nut on piston rod.
– Relieve tension on spring compressor - VAS 6046- and re‐
move from coil spring.
– Install steel spring strut ⇒ page 217

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Nut for steel spring strut 56 Nm
♦ Use new bolts

Nuts for support bearing cover 26 Nm


♦ Use new nuts

9. Assembly overview - steel spring strut 225


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10 Rear air spring damper

10.1 Instructions for repairing air spring struts


As of mileage of 200,000 km, renewing the air springs on both
sides is recommended in the event that one air spring is dam‐
aged.
In the case of leaking shock absorbers, the complete air spring
strut must be renewed, as the shock absorber oil may damage
the bellows ⇒ Item 6 (page 109) .
When depressurised, the air spring must not be twisted. This may
cause damage to the bellows inside the air spring due to kinking
or creasing!
To ensure perfect and successful air spring strut repair, the great‐
est care and cleanliness as well as the use of good and proper
tools are essential. Also note the basic rules on safety when per‐
forming repair procedures.
A series of generally valid instructions for individual repairs are
summarised here. These apply to repairing air spring struts.
The structure and functioning of the air suspension system are
described in the ⇒ Self-study programme No. 469 ; Touareg
2011 running gear and all-wheel concept .

10.2 Air spring strut


– Before loosening the installed air line, check whether the air
spring still has approx. 3 bar residual pressure.
– To do this, press bead of air spring with your thumb. The bead
must offer perceptible resistance.
– If no great resistance is detectable, the air spring is not pres‐
surised.
– The vehicle can be driven up to 100 km with a unpressurised
air spring.
– The air spring must be replaced together with the pressure
retention valve if the vehicle has been driven for more than
100 km with a unpressurised air spring.
♦ Thoroughly clean all unions and the adjacent areas before
disconnecting.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover them to
prevent them from getting dirty. Use sheeting and paper for
this purpose. Use lint-free cloths only.
♦ Install only clean parts; do not remove new parts from pack‐
aging until immediately before installing.
♦ Use only lubricants specified by their part numbers.
♦ If repair work cannot be performed immediately, cover new
parts which have been removed from their packing.

10.3 Pressure retention valve


The pressure retention valve is maintenance-free and may be re‐
placed only if a leak is detected.
The pressure retention valve can be replaced only with the vehicle
on a lifting platform. It must be possible to turn the vehicle's
wheels freely.

226 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Note

♦ The pressure retention valve is open when the air line has
been screwed into the air spring strut.
♦ If the air line has been unscrewed from the air spring strut, the
pressure retention valve is closed.

10.4 Gaskets and seals


♦ Renew seals.
♦ Replace bellows if defective.
♦ After removing gaskets, check contact surface on housings for
burrs and damage.

10.5 Nuts and bolts


♦ Loosen and tighten bolts and securing nuts for covers and
housings diagonally.
♦ Specified torques given are for unoiled nuts, bolts and screws.

10.6 Rear air spring strut components


The following components are part of the air springs.
♦ Cover ⇒ Item 4 (page 228)
♦ External guide ⇒ Item 5 (page 228)
♦ Bellows ⇒ Item 6 (page 228)
♦ Air spring plunger ⇒ Item 7 (page 228)

Note

These components are firmly connected to each other and cannot be disassembled.

10. Rear air spring damper 227


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

1 - Mountings
2 - Seal
❑ Always renew
3 - Pressure retention valve
4 - Cover
❑ Firmly connected to
⇒ Item 5 (page 228) ,
⇒ Item 6 (page 228)
and
⇒ Item 7 (page 228) as
part of the air spring.
❑ Cannot be removed or
disassembled individu‐
ally.
5 - External guide
❑ Firmly connected to
⇒ Item 4 (page 228) ,
⇒ Item 6 (page 228)
and
⇒ Item 7 (page 228) as
part of the air spring.
❑ Cannot be removed or
disassembled individu‐
ally.
6 - Bellows
❑ Firmly connected to
⇒ Item 4 (page 228) ,
⇒ Item 5 (page 228) and
⇒ Item 7 (page 228) as
part of the air spring.
❑ Cannot be removed or
disassembled individu‐
ally.
7 - Air spring plunger
❑ Firmly connected to ⇒ Item 4 (page 228) , ⇒ Item 5 (page 228) and ⇒ Item 6 (page 228) as part of the
air spring.
❑ Cannot be removed or disassembled individually.
8 - Boot
9 - Retention element
❑ Always renew
10 - Seal
❑ Always renew
11 - Shock absorbers

228 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10.7 Assembly overview - rear air spring strut

1 - Bolt
❑ 27 Nm
❑ Qty. 4
2 - Cover
3 - Nut
❑ 70 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
4 - Mountings
5 - Pressure retention valve
❑ 12 Nm
❑ Observe important
notes on removal and
installation ⇒ page 244
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 243
6 - Air spring
❑ Observe instructions for
repairing air spring
struts ⇒ page 226
❑ As of mileage of
200,000 km, renewing
the air springs on both
sides is recommended
in the event that one air
spring is damaged.
❑ With integrated pump
stop
7 - Retention element
❑ Always renew
8 - Boot
❑ Replace when air spring
strut is in mounted position ⇒ page 233
9 - Seal
❑ Always renew
❑ with a thin coat of lithium grease - G 052 150 A2-
10 - Seal
❑ Always renew
❑ with a thin coat of lithium grease - G 052 150 A2-
11 - Wiring guide
12 - Shock absorbers
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Observe instructions for repairing air spring struts ⇒ page 226

10.8 Removing and installing air spring strut


Special tools and workshop equipment required

10. Rear air spring damper 229


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
When dismantling and assembling, ensure that no indentations
are formed on the protective boot of the air spring strut.
– Remove luggage compartment floor ⇒ Rep. gr. 70 .
– Remove mounting plate for luggage compartment floor ⇒
Rep. gr. 70 .
– Remove plugs above bolted connections of air spring strut.
– Unscrew and remove bolted connections -arrows- of air spring
strut.

– Unscrew union nut -1- of air line from air spring strut and seal
both connections.

230 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Release connector -1- for valve for shock-absorption adjust‐


ment and pull off .

– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between air spring strut -1-


and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Remove bolt.
– Remove steel spring strut.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Insert air spring strut with guide bolts -arrows A- into upper
holes -arrows B- in body.

– Hand-tighten bolts -arrows- at strut support.

10. Rear air spring damper 231


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

The rear air line is sheathed in a shrink-fit hose.


– Insert air line until end of shrink-fit hose -2- is touching union
nut -1-.
It must be ensured that the end of the shrink-fit hose is not more
than 2 mm away from union nut.

– Bolt air line with union nut -1- on air spring strut.

– Plug in connector -1- for valve for shock-absorption adjust‐


ment .

– Insert bolt -arrow- between air spring strut -1- and coupling rod
at wheel bearing housing.

Note

If the holes of the wheel bearing housing and air spring strut for
inserting the bolt are not in line with each other, the air spring strut
must be re-aligned. To do this, loosen the bellows and hold the
spring plunger in position. Now, turn the shock absorber opposite
the spring plunger until the holes are in line. When doing this,
make sure the spring plunger is not twisted. Follow installation
instructions ⇒ page 241 .

– Hand-tighten bolt.
The air spring strut may be bolted on only when distance “a” has
been attained ⇒ page 5 .

232 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Observe tightening sequence on left


– Tighten bolts -1- to -4- to 50 Nm in sequence shown.
– Then tighten bolts -1- to -4- 180° further in sequence shown.

Observe tightening sequence on right


– Tighten bolts -1- to -4- to 50 Nm in sequence shown.
– Then tighten bolts -1- to -4- 120° further in sequence shown.
– Tighten bolts at air spring strut.
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Air spring strut to body 50 Nm + 120°
♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Tightening sequence on left ⇒ page 233 .
♦ Tightening sequence on right ⇒ page 233 .

Air spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

10.9 Replacing bellows for air spring strut


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

10. Rear air spring damper 233


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


– Remove wheel.
– Bleed air from air spring strut with Vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Unscrew air spring strut -1- from wheel bearing housing
-arrow-.
– Pull bellows off air spring.

– Swivel air spring strut inwards and remove bellows -1- be‐
tween wheel bearing housing and air spring strut -arrow-.

– Check bellows -1- for damage.


Surface must be regular and even.

234 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

Caution

When new bellows is being installed, make sure it is not dam‐


aged.

When installing bellows -1-, bear in mind the narrow gap between
wheel bearing housing and air spring strut -arrow-.
– Ensure groove of bellows latches into place on shock absorb‐
er.
– Fill air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and in‐
formation system - VAS 5051B- .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Air spring strut to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm + 90°

10.10 Repairing rear air spring strut

Note

Observe instructions for repairing air spring struts ⇒ page 226 .

10. Rear air spring damper 235


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Socket, 21 mm - 3186-
♦ Guide pins - T10093-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-
♦ Strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20-
♦ Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/3A-
♦ Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/7-
♦ Release tool set - VAS 1978/35-

236 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Removal wedge - 3409-

Perform the following steps:


– Remove air spring strut ⇒ page 229

Note

♦ Check whether the air spring still has approx. 3 bar residual
pressure.
♦ To do this, press bead of air spring with your thumb. The bead
must offer perceptible resistance.
♦ If no great resistance is detectable, the air spring is not pres‐
surised.

Dismantling air spring strut


– Pull bellows off shock absorber downwards and remove.

– Clamp suspension strut support clamp - V.A.G 1752/20- -1- in


a vice.
– Clamp air spring strut in support clamp for spring struts - V.A.G
1752/20- -1-.
– Knock cable lugs out of connector of air spring strut using set
of releasing tools - VAS 1978/35- .
– Unclip cable conduit -3-.

10. Rear air spring damper 237


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove grommet -arrow- from cover -2-.


– Unscrew bolts -1- and remove cover -2-.
– Push cable through grommet.

– Unscrew nut from mount by counterholding it by the hexagonal


piece -3-.
1- Commercially available ratchet handle
2- Socket AF 21 - 3186-
– Remove mounting from shock absorber.

238 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert guide pins - T10093- -1- into air spring strut bearing.

Note

♦ Guide pins - T10093- serve to counter-hold spring retainers -


V.A.G 1752/3A- -2-.
♦ To avoid damage, a rubber mat -6- or similar must be inserted
between spring retainer inserts - V.A.G 1752/7- -5- and air
spring plunger.

– Press air spring plunger -1- off from shock absorber using
spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1- .
1- Guide pin - T10093-
2- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/3A-
3- Suspension strut clamping block - V.A.G 1752/20-
4- Air spring plunger
5- Spring retainer - V.A.G 1752/7-
6- Rubber mat or similar
7- External guide
8- Spring compressor - V.A.G 1752/1-

Caution

♦ Insert protection, e.g. rubber, between spring retainer in‐


serts - V.A.G 1752/7- and air spring plunger.
♦ Insert protection, e.g. rubber, between spring retainers -
V.A.G 1752/3A- and shock absorber.
♦ Ensure that the plunger -4- does not slip down and out of
the external guide -7-.

Note

If the air spring is to be reused and the plunger has slipped out of
the external guide, it must be pushed in again by forming an even
fold all around the bellows -arrows-.

10. Rear air spring damper 239


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Assembling air spring strut


– If the shock absorber has not been replaced, the sealing rings
-arrows- on the piston rod and the shock absorber tube must
be replaced.
– Clean contact surface with a lint-free cloth.

Note

Even slight soiling leads to air spring strut leakages.

– Lightly grease the seal with lithium grease - G 052 150 A2- .
– Push retention element onto shock absorber tube.

Note

If the air spring is to be reused and the plunger has slipped out of
the external guide, it must be pushed in again by forming an even
fold all around the bellows -arrows-.

– Extend shock absorber line, e.g. with a cable, in order to take


it through the air spring.

– Make sure that bump stop -1- is correctly seated in cover -2-
-arrow-.
The large diameter of the bump stop -1- must be seated so that
it is held clamped in the cover -2-.

240 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit mounting and secure with a new bolt, counterholding by the


hexagonal piece -3-.
1- Commercially available ratchet handle
2- Socket AF 21 - 3186-
– Insert cable lug into connector housing.
– Fit cable conduit -3- again and clip in place.

– Fit cover -2- and secure with bolts -1-.


– Insert grommets -arrows- in cover -2-.

– Align air spring so that pressure retention valve -1- is located


slightly to the side of the air spring strut's imaginary axis of
symmetry -arrow- (approx. 10° off-centre).

Note

During alignment, only turn by the plunger ⇒ Item 7 (page 228) in


order to avoid damaging the bellows ⇒ Item 6 (page 228) inside
the air spring.

– Install air spring strut ⇒ page 229 , but do not yet install air line.

10. Rear air spring damper 241


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Raise air spring strut using engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G
1383 A- until plunger -1- lies on retention element -arrow-.

– Use removal wedge - 3409- to push retention element into


plunger.
1- Removal wedge - 3409-

– Continue to raise air spring strut using engine and gearbox


jack - V.A.G 1383 A- until welded ring on shock absorber tube
has disappeared approx. 3 mm into retention plunger
-arrow-.
– When lowering (rebound), hold pressure retention valve open
by opening valve tappet, e.g. with a 5 mm hexagon wrench,
so that air can flow in.

Note

This prevents the bellows from wrinkling.

– Push bellows onto air spring.


– Pull bellows over shock absorber so that the groove of bellows
latches into place.

242 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

The rear air line is sheathed in a shrink-fit hose.


– Insert air line until end of shrink-fit hose -2- is touching union
nut -1-.
It must be ensured that the end of the shrink-fit hose is not more
than 2 mm away from union nut.

– Bolt air line with union nut -1- on air spring strut.
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Bearing to shock absorber 70 Nm
♦ Use new nuts.

Cover on air spring 27 Nm

10.11 Removing and installing pressure reten‐


tion valve
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

The pressure retention valve is maintenance-free and may be re‐


placed only if a leak is detected.
The pressure retention valve can be replaced only with the vehicle
on a lifting platform. It must be possible to turn the vehicle's
wheels freely.
When the air spring strut is removed, no further preliminary work
is required to renew the pressure retention valve.

10. Rear air spring damper 243


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Note


♦ The pressure retention valve is open when the air line has
been screwed into the air spring strut. If the air line has been
unscrewed from the air spring strut, the pressure retention
valve is closed.

Note

WARNING

♦ The vehicle must stand on a lifting platform so that the


pressure retention valve can be replaced. It must be pos‐
sible to turn the vehicle's wheels freely.
♦ If the vehicle is not raised using a lifting platform, the ve‐
hicle immediately lowers on the side at which the pressure
retention valve is loosened. There is an acute risk of injury,
as arms may become trapped.
♦ The vehicle must remain on the lifting platform until a new
pressure retention valve has been installed and the air
spring strut has been refilled.

Perform the following steps:


Removing
This procedure applies to renewing a pressure retention valve
with the air spring strut installed.
– Activate jacking mode ⇒ page 259 .
– Place vehicle onto lifting platform and raise until wheels can
be freely rotated.
– Bleed air from air spring strut with ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
– Clean the area where pressure retention valve is located.
– Unscrew air line from pressure retention valve -1-.
– Unscrew pressure retention valve from air spring strut.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

244 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

The rear air line is sheathed in a shrink-fit hose.


– Insert air line until end of shrink-fit hose -2- is touching union
nut -1-.
It must be ensured that the end of the shrink-fit hose is not more
than 2 mm away from union nut.
– Inflate air spring strut with ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Pressure retention valve to air spring strut 12 Nm
Air line to pressure retention valve 4 Nm

10. Rear air spring damper 245


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

11 Assembly overview: drive shaft

1 - Nut
❑ 500 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
2 - Outer constant velocity joint
❑ Renew only as com‐
plete unit
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 255
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
3 - Clip
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 257
4 - Boot
❑ Check for splits and
chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (poly‐
ester elastomer)
5 - Clip
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 257
6 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
7 - Drive shaft
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
8 - Boot
❑ Check for splits and chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (polyester elastomer)
9 - Inner constant velocity joint
❑ Renew only as complete unit
❑ Removing ⇒ page 255
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
10 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after each removal
❑ Insert into groove in inner constant velocity joint

11.1 Loosening and tightening 12-point nut


securing drive shaft
Special tools and workshop equipment required

246 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Socket 32 mm - T10209-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1601-

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐


ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen the 12-point nut by more than 90°
when vehicle is resting on wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 150 Nm.

Perform the following steps:


Loosen 12-point nut
– Loosen 12-point nut when vehicle is still standing on its
wheels.
– Loosen with socket 32 mm - T10209- only by a maximum of
90°, otherwise the wheel bearing will be damaged.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 5 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Raise vehicle so that wheels are off the ground.
– Have second mechanic apply brakes.

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 247


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew 12-point nut -arrow-.


Screw on twelve-point nut
– Replace hexagonal nut.
– Have second mechanic apply brakes.
– Pre-tighten 12-point nut to 150 Nm.
– Lower vehicle onto its wheels.
– Tighten to 500 Nm.

11.2 Removing and installing drive shaft

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-


♦ Support - T10149-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
♦ Fitting tool - T10206-
♦ Adapter - T10103/1-

248 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ 32 mm bits - T10209-
♦ Ejector - T10520-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1601-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
– Loosen 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 246 .

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 249


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt secur‐


ing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing will
be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen the 12-point nut by more than 90°
when vehicle is resting on wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle must
nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 150 Nm.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Undo bolted connection -arrow- between steel spring strut
-1- and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.

– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear


transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.
– Remove bolt.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 5 .
– Bleed air from rear air spring struts with the Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Continued for both vehicles
– Turn wheel hub until one of the wheel bolt holes is at the bot‐
tom.

250 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Before using pressure tool - T10520- ensure that thrust piece


-1- is inserted.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-
3- Support - T10149-
4- Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
– Support wheel upright.

– Unscrew bolted connection of upper rear transverse link -1-


from wheel bearing housing.
– Release and pull off connector -2- at parking brake motor of
electromechanical parking brake.
– Unscrew track rod -3- from wheel bearing housing.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Undo and remove bolted connection -4- between air spring
strut and coupling rod at wheel bearing housing.
Continued for both vehicles

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 251


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Loosen bolted joint -1- for upper front transverse link at wheel
bearing housing.
– Loosen bolt -2- for lower transverse link and remove.

– Release and pull off connector -1- from rear speed sensor .

– Unscrew and remove bolted connection -arrow- of cable


bracket -1-.
– Release connector -2- from cable bracket.
– Release connectors -2- and pull off.
– Put wiring harness together with cable bracket to one side.

– Swivel wheel bearing housing upwards using engine and


gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A- .
1- Press tool - T10520-
2- Adapter - T10103/1-
3- Support - T10149-
4- Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-
– Press drive shaft out of inner splined union using remover -
T10520- .

252 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.


I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.
II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with ejector - T10520- .

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft further,
the spindle must be moved to its original position in order to apply
the hydraulic force.

– When doing this, make sure there is enough room for the ar‐
ticulations by swivelling the wheel bearing housing further
upwards.
– Swivel outer joint out of wheel hub.
– Secure drive shaft to prevent it from falling.

– Remove drive shaft -1- from gearbox flange -3- using a plastic-
coated assembly lever -2-.
– Remove drive shaft.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Before assembling, coat splines of outer joint with assembly
paste - G 052 109 A2- .
Remove any paint residues and/or corrosion on thread and
splines of outer joint.
– Fit new retaining ring into groove of inner constant velocity
joint.
– Mesh outer and inner splines of joint body and gearbox.
– Push drive shaft into joint body as far as the stop.
– Now push joint body onto inner splines of gearbox with a
»sudden, hard push«.

Note

Never use a hammer or other driving tools.

– Check that the joint body is securely seated by pulling the joint
body against the resistance of retaining ring.

Caution

For this check, pull only on joint body and not on drive shaft.

– Guide outer joint into wheel hub splines as far as possible.


– Lower wheel bearing housing.

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 253


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove tools from wheel bearing housing.


1- Adapter - T10103/1-
2- Press tool - T10520-
3- Support - T10149-
4- Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-

– Pull drive shaft in.


1- Fitting tool - T10206-
– Hand-tighten bolted connections at wheel bearing housing.

Vehicles with steel spring struts


– Insert wooden beam between subframe -1- and upper rear
transverse link -2-.
– Press axle down with wooden beam.

254 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert bolt -arrow- between steel spring strut -1- and coupling
rod at wheel bearing housing.
– Hand-tighten bolted connection.
Continued for both vehicles
The wheel bearing housing may be bolted on only when distance
“a” has been attained ⇒ page 5 .
– Tighten bolted connections at wheel bearing housing.
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Fill rear air spring strut with the Vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Tighten 12-point drive shaft nut at wheel hub ⇒ page 246 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Upper rear transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

Track rod to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

Spring strut with coupling rod to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Upper front transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .
♦ Apply tightening torque by means of bolt

Tighten bolt for cable bracket on wheel bearing housing 10 Nm


Lower transverse link to wheel bearing housing 150 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new nuts and bolts
♦ Tighten bolted connection in unladen state
⇒ page 142 .

Drive shaft to hub 500Nm


♦ Use new bolts

11.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft


Special tools and workshop equipment required

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 255


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682-

Perform the following steps:


– Remove drive shaft ⇒ page 248 .
Dismantling
Force off constant velocity joint on outside and inside
– Clamp drive shaft in vice using jaw protectors.
– Remove clamps.
– Fold back boot of joint.
– Drive constant velocity joint off drive shaft using drift -A-.
The drift must be positioned exactly on the star of the constant
velocity joint.
Force-fit constant velocity joint on outside and inside
– Install new retaining ring.
– If necessary, push new joint boot onto drive shaft.
– Press half of the total amount of grease from repair kit into the
joint body.
– Distribute remaining grease from repair kit in the protective
boot of the joint.
– Knock onto shaft with plastic hammer until retaining ring en‐
gages.

256 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Tightening clamp on larger diameter


– Position clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.
Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on O-
type clip.
– Tighten clamp by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do not
cant tool).

Note

♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared


to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip, it is
only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner - V.A.G
1682- .
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench with setting range of 5 … 50 Nm (e.g. tor‐
que wrench - V.A.G 1331- ).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubricate
with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the thread is tight (e.g. due to dirt), the required clamping
force for the clip will not be attained although the correct torque
is applied.

Tightening clip on small diameter


– Position clamp tensioner - V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.
Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on O-
type clip.
– Tighten clip by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do not
cant pliers).

Note

♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared


to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip, it is
only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner - V.A.G
1682- .
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with adjustment range 5 … 50 Nm, (e.g.
torque wrench - V.A.G 1331- ).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubricate
with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the thread is tight (e.g. due to dirt), the required clamping
force for the clip will not be attained although the correct torque
is applied.

11. Assembly overview: drive shaft 257


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

43 – Self-levelling suspension
1 Evaluating accident vehicles
A check list for evaluating running gear of accident vehicles can
be found under ⇒ page 1 .

258 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

2 Jacking mode

Caution

♦ Jacking mode must be activated before raising vehicle


with vehicle jack or lifting platform etc.
♦ The jacking mode switches off regulation of the air sus‐
pension. As a result, corrective regulation of the air springs
is prevented when the vehicle is lifted.
♦ In order to reduce the risk of injury, the jacking mode must
be activated every time the vehicle is lifted.
♦ The jacking mode is automatically deactivated at speeds
in excess of 5 km/h.

Switching on
– Switch on electric parking brake.
– Switch on ignition.
– Press LOCK button in centre console for 5 seconds.
The vehicle jacking mode is displayed in the instrument cluster
display and the LOCK button warning lamp flashes.
– Switch off ignition.
Switching off
– Switch on ignition.

– Press LOCK button until warning lamp in button goes out.


– Switch off ignition.

Note

The jacking mode is automatically deactivated at speeds in ex‐


cess of 5 km/h.

2. Jacking mode 259


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

3 Fault finding, air spring strut and self-levelling suspension


Symptom Fault detection Possible causes Rectifying fault
Leakage at air spring strut Repairing air spring strut
Front ⇒ page 115
Rear ⇒ page 235
»Slow« pressure loss Observe the level over a Leakage in air lines Repairing air lines
Vehicle stands at an an‐ long period and use com‐ ⇒ page 271
gle after a long time mercially available leak de‐
tector spray to find the leak
⇒ page 261
Leakage at pressure reten‐ Replace pressure reten‐
tion valve tion valve
Front ⇒ page 123
Rear ⇒ page 243
Vehicle stands at an an‐ Carry out Guided Fault Vehicle level sender defec‐ Renew vehicle level
gle Finding with vehicle diag‐ tive sender
Leakage excluded nostic, testing and informa‐ Linkage or holder of vehicle front ⇒ page 267
tion system - VAS 5051B- level sender bent rear ⇒ page 269
Vehicle level is too high, 1) Check whether the vehi‐ Vehicle has touched
cannot be moved lower cle has sufficient ground ground
clearance
2) Check air line and line Air line blocked, kinked or Check whether the air
routing frozen line has been inserted
deeply enough into the
pressure retention valve
Repair kinked air lines
⇒ page 271
Use compressed air to
blow clear air lines
blocked by dirt or ice
3) Carry out Guided Fault Release valve or air spring
Finding with vehicle diag‐ valves do not function
nostic, testing and informa‐
tion system - VAS 5051B-
Vehicle is standing low 4) Carry out Guided Fault Onboard supply for relay,
and cannot be moved up Finding with vehicle diag‐ connectors, wiring harness
or only very slowly nostic, testing and informa‐ and fuses
tion system - VAS 5051B-
5) Check for leaks in accu‐ Pressure receiver defec‐ Renew the accumulator
mulator with commercially tive/leaking ⇒ page 270
available leak detector Air line or connections to Repair air line
spray. pressure receiver defec‐ ⇒ page 271
tive/leaking
6) Carry out Guided Fault Release valve defective/ Renew valve block for
Finding with vehicle diag‐ leaking/open adaptive suspension -
nostic, testing and informa‐ NX7-
tion system - VAS 5051B- ⇒ page 281
Changeover valve defec‐ Replace compressor
tive/leaking/open ⇒ page 277
7) Check for leaks in com‐ Compressor is leaking Renew compressor
pressor with commercially ⇒ page 277
available leak detector
spray.
8) Check for leaks in air Air line, connections, pres‐ Repair air suspension
spring strut with commer‐ sure retention valve or air
cially available leak detec‐ spring leaking
tor spray.

260 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Symptom Fault detection Possible causes Rectifying fault


9) First, check points 5 - 8. Compressor defective Replace compressor
If no defects are detected, ⇒ page 277
the compressor is defec‐
tive.
»Rapid« pressure loss Vehicle level uneven, air Defect on the air spring Repair air spring strut
can be heard escaping from Front ⇒ page 115
the defective air spring Rear ⇒ page 235
when an attempt is made to Air line torn off Repairing air lines
move to another level ⇒ page 271

Installation position of air line at front


The air line has 2 markings.
Insert air line until the front marking -arrow A- is completely cov‐
ered by the union nut.
It must be ensured that only the second marking -arrow B- on the
air line can be seen.

Installation position of air line at rear


The rear air line is sheathed in a shrink-fit hose.
– Insert air line until end of shrink-fit hose -2- is touching union
nut -1-.
It must be ensured that the end of the shrink-fit hose is not more
than 2 mm away from union nut.
Carry out the following test under these conditions:
• The vehicle must be cold and must not be moved during the
test
• The room temperature should be between 10 - 30 °C and
should also fluctuate as little as possible
• The vehicle must be on a flat surface
– Start engine.
– Use rotary knob for level adjustment to move vehicle to high
level and then the normal level

– Activate jacking mode ⇒ page 259 .


– Switch off engine.

3. Fault finding, air spring strut and self-levelling suspension 261


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Measure and make a note of the standing height of the vehicle


at all 4 wheels.
– After 2 hours, measure the standing height again, make a note
of it and compare the measurement -a- with the first meas‐
urement.
If the vehicle is on a slant, there is a leak at the wheel suspension
which has the largest difference between the first and the second
measurement.
– Use commercially available leakage spray to check the affec‐
ted air spring strut and the corresponding air line in this se‐
quence:
♦ Connections of the air line
♦ Pressure retention valve
♦ Check air spring strut.
If no deviation can be determined after 2 hours, the measurement
must be repeated after 24 hours. A deviation of up to 4 mm is
permissible after 24 hours.

262 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4 Self-levelling suspension components and fitting locations

1 - Adaptive suspension con‐


trol unit - J197-
❑ Location: in luggage
compartment behind
right side wall trim
❑ Can be checked using
“Guided Fault Finding”
function of vehicle diag‐
nostic, testing and infor‐
mation system - VAS
5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 265
2 - Rear left air spring strut
❑ With rear left shock ab‐
sorber damper adjust‐
ment valve - N338- .
❑ The rear left shock-ab‐
sorber damper adjust‐
ment valve - N338- can
be checked using “gui‐
ded fault finding” with
the vehicle diagnosis
system, testing and in‐
formation system - VAS
5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 229
3 - Rear left vehicle level send‐
er - G76-
❑ Location: on rear sub‐
frame
❑ Can be checked using
“Guided Fault Finding”
function of vehicle diag‐
nostic, testing and infor‐
mation system - VAS
5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 269
❑ If the rear left vehicle level sender - G76- is removed and installed, the adaptive suspension system must
be reset with the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system - VAS 5051B-
4 - Adaptive suspension control unit - E281-
❑ Located in centre console
❑ Switch on jacking mode ⇒ page 259 .
5 - Pressure accumulator
❑ Location: front left on underbody
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 270
❑ Charging ⇒ page 271
6 - Front left body acceleration sender - G341-
❑ Location: on top left of wheel housing
❑ Can be checked using “Guided Fault Finding” function of vehicle diagnostic, testing and information
system - VAS 5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 265

4. Self-levelling suspension components and fitting locations 263


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

7 - Front left air spring strut


❑ With front left shock absorber damper adjustment valve - N336- .
❑ The front left shock-absorber damper adjustment valve - N336- can be checked using “guided fault find‐
ing” with the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 111
8 - Front left vehicle level sender - G78-
❑ Location: in front left wheel housing and on upper suspension link
❑ Can be checked using “Guided Fault Finding” function of vehicle diagnostic, testing and information
system - VAS 5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 267
❑ If the front left vehicle level sender - G78- is removed and installed, the adaptive suspension system
must be reset with the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system - VAS 5051B-
9 - Front right vehicle level sender - G289-
❑ Location: in front right wheel housing and on upper suspension link
❑ Can be checked using “Guided Fault Finding” function of vehicle diagnostic, testing and information
system - VAS 5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 267
❑ If the front right vehicle level sender - G289- is removed and installed, the adaptive suspension system
must be reset with the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system - VAS 5051B-
10 - Front right air spring strut
❑ With front right shock absorber damper adjustment valve - N337-
❑ The front right shock-absorber damper adjustment valve - N337- can be checked using “guided fault
finding” with the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 111
11 - Front right body acceleration sender - G342-
❑ Location: on top right of wheel housing
❑ Can be checked using “Guided Fault Finding” function of vehicle diagnostic, testing and information
system - VAS 5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 265
12 - Compressor with adaptive suspension valve block - NX7- .
❑ Can be checked using “Guided Fault Finding” function of vehicle diagnostic, testing and information
system - VAS 5051 -
❑ Removing and installing without valve block for adaptive suspension - NX7- ⇒ page 275
❑ Removing and installing with valve block for adaptive suspension - NX7- ⇒ page 277
❑ Removing and installing adaptive suspension valve block - NX7- ⇒ page 281
❑ Not designed to be repaired.
❑ Location: front right on underbody
❑ With adaptive suspension compressor motor - V66- .
❑ With adaptive suspension pressure sender - G291- .
13 - Rear right vehicle level sender - G77-
❑ Location: on rear subframe
❑ Can be checked using “Guided Fault Finding” function of vehicle diagnostic, testing and information
system - VAS 5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 269
❑ If the rear right vehicle level sender - G77- is removed and installed, the adaptive suspension system
must be reset with the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system - VAS 5051B-
14 - Rear right air spring strut
❑ With rear right shock absorber damper adjustment valve - N339- .
❑ The rear right shock-absorber damper adjustment valve - N339- can be checked using “guided fault
finding” with the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 229

264 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4.1 Removing and installing adaptive sus‐


pension control unit - J197-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Fitting location:
The adaptive suspension control unit - J197- is installed behind
the right side wall trim in the luggage compartment.
Perform the following steps:
Removing
– Remove side luggage compartment trim ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trim; Re‐
moving and installing side luggage compartment trim .
– Release connectors -1- and pull them off adapted suspension
control unit - J197- -2-.
– Unscrew nuts -arrows- and remove adaptive suspension con‐
trol unit 2 - J197- -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
If the adaptive suspension control unit - J197- has been replaced,
it must be coded with the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Adaptive suspension control unit - J197- to bracket. 6 Nm

4.2 Removing and installing front left and


right body acceleration senders - G341/
G342-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

4. Self-levelling suspension components and fitting locations 265


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Fitting location:
The front left/right body acceleration senders - G341/G342- are
installed on top of the respective wheel housing.
Perform the following steps:
Removing
– Release connectors -1- and pull off.
– Unscrew bolt -2- and remove front left and right body acceler‐
ation senders - G341/G342- -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order.

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Front left and right body acceleration senders - G341/ 8 Nm
G342- to wheel housing

4.3 Assembly overview - front left/right vehicle level senders - G78/G289-

Note

The front left/right vehicle level sender - G78/G289- is only available as a replacement part complete with
coupling rod and upper and lower retaining plates.

266 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

1 - Upper suspension link


2 - Wheel housing
3 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
4 - Front left/right vehicle level
sender - G78/G289-
❑ Complete with attach‐
ments
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 267
❑ If the front left/right vehi‐
cle level sender - G78/
G289- is removed and
installed, the adaptive
suspension system
must be reset with the
vehicle diagnosis sys‐
tem, testing and infor‐
mation system - VAS
5051B-
❑ After replacement, re-
adjust the headlights
with the vehicle diagno‐
sis system, testing and
information system -
VAS 5051B-
5 - Assembly pin

4.4 Removing and installing front left/right


vehicle level sender - G78/G289-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.

4. Self-levelling suspension components and fitting locations 267


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Pull connector -1- off front left/right vehicle level sender - G78/
G289- .
– Pull pin -2- downwards and unclip coupling rod on top of sus‐
pension link.
– Undo bolt -3- and remove front left/right vehicle level sender -
G78/G289- .
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Reset adaptive suspension with the vehicle diagnosis system,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Vehicle level sender to wheel housing 9 Nm

4.5 Assembly overview - rear left/right vehicle level senders - G76/G77-

Note

The rear left/right vehicle level sender - G76/G77- is only available as a replacement part complete with coupling
rod.

268 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

1 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
2 - Upper link (front)
3 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
4 - Rear left/right vehicle level
sender - G76/G77-
❑ Complete with attach‐
ments
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 269
❑ If the front left vehicle
level sender - G78- is re‐
moved and installed,
basic setting of the
adaptive suspension
system must be per‐
formed using the vehicle
diagnostic, testing and
information system -
VAS 5051B-
❑ After replacement, re-
adjust the headlights
with the vehicle diagno‐
sis system, testing and
information system -
VAS 5051B-
Basic setting of headlights ⇒
“Guided Fault Finding” func‐
tion of vehicle diagnostic, test‐
ing and information system
VAS 5051

5 - Subframe

4.6 Removing and installing rear left/right


vehicle level sender - G76/G77-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.

4. Self-levelling suspension components and fitting locations 269


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Pull connector -1- off rear left/right vehicle level sender - G76/
G77- .
– Unscrew nut -2-.
– Undo bolts -3- and remove front left/right vehicle level sender
- G78/G289- .
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Reset adaptive suspension with the vehicle diagnosis system,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Vehicle level sender to subframe 5 Nm
Coupling rod to front upper suspension link 8 Nm

4.7 Removing and installing accumulator


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Fitting location:
The accumulator is mounted on the underbody on left hand side
at front.
Perform the following steps:
Removing
– Remove air from accumulator with the vehicle diagnosis sys‐
tem, testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
– Remove underbody panelling on left ⇒ General Body Repairs
- Exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Underbody panelling

270 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Screw air line off -1-.


– Undo bolt -2- and pull accumulator -3- off retaining bolts
-arrows-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Fill accumulator using the vehicle diagnostic, testing and in‐
formation system - VAS 5051B- ⇒ page 271 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Accumulator to body 20 Nm

4.8 Filling the accumulator


The accumulator is filled with the vehicle diagnosis system, test‐
ing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
There are two ways of filling the accumulator with the vehicle di‐
agnosis system, testing and information system - VAS 5051B- .
♦ Filling by means of the compressor
♦ Filling with nitrogen
– When filling with nitrogen, secure the tools to accumulator as
shown in illustration.
1- Adapter - T10157-
2- Nitrogen charging set for air suspension struts - VAS 6629-

4.9 Repairing air line


Special tools and workshop equipment required

4. Self-levelling suspension components and fitting locations 271


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Cutting pliers - VAS 6228-

Defective air lines need not be renewed completely. Partial re‐


newal of an air line is possible using a connector.
Allocation of connectors for air lines ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue
“ETKA” .

Note

♦ The repair point must be an area protected from spray water,


for example in the interior or between wheel housing liner and
wheel housing.
♦ The connector must be secured to the body or a wiring guide
using cable ties.
♦ Select straight line sections for the repair.

Perform the following steps:


– Clean area of connection and respective separating point.
– Use cutting pliers - VAS 6228- to cut off air line (right-angled
cut) on vehicle at separating point.
– Unscrew connection piece and remove air pipe.
– Mark -arrows- ends of air line in vehicle and new line section
with a waterproof marker.
The marks at 17 mm and 22 mm are for checking after repair work
has been completed.
– Route new air line along route of original securing points.
Fit new line connectors.

Note

The connection pieces in the plug-in connectors are already tight‐


ened to specified torque. The air pipes only need to be pushed
in.

– Remove transport protection cap.

272 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Push the old air pipe through the sealing rings -1-.
– Then, applying a little pressure, push the air line through the
cutting ring -2- and into the line connectors as far as it will go.

Note

The air lines have been pushed in far enough when the first colour
marking -arrow A- is no longer visible and the second colour
marking -arrow B- remains visible.

– Repeat the steps with the new air line.

4. Self-levelling suspension components and fitting locations 273


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5 Assembly overview - compressor with adaptive suspension valve


block - NX7-

1 - Air line
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Between adaptive sus‐
pension valve block -
NX7- and compressor
❑ Clean line joint before
loosening.
❑ Air escapes when joint
is loosened.
❑ Protect threaded joint
from soiling.
2 - Compressor
❑ Removing and installing
without valve block for
adaptive suspension -
NX7- ⇒ page 275
❑ Removing and installing
with valve block for
adaptive suspension -
NX7- ⇒ page 277
❑ Cannot be repaired
3 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
4 - Cushioning element
5 - Adaptive suspension valve
block - NX7-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 281
❑ Connection assignment
of the air lines
⇒ page 275
6 - Bracket
❑ For adaptive suspen‐
sion valve block - NX7-
7 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
8 - Air line
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Clean line connection before loosening.
❑ Air escapes when joint is loosened.
❑ Protect threaded joint from soiling.
9 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
10 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm
11 - Bracket
❑ For compressor and adaptive suspension valve block - NX7-

274 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

12 - Bracket
❑ For compressor
13 - Rubber mounting
❑ Renew only as complete unit
14 - Bracket
❑ For compressor
15 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
16 - Rubber mounting
❑ Renew only as complete unit
17 - Rubber mounting
18 - Intake manifold
19 - Air line
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Between adaptive suspension valve block - NX7- and compressor
❑ Clean line joint before loosening.
❑ Air escapes when joint is loosened.
❑ Protect threaded joint from soiling.

Terminal assignment of the air lines


1- Black, drainage line
2- Blue, internal air line between adaptive suspension valve
block - NX7- and compressor
3- Yellow, air line to rear right air spring strut
4- Violet, air line to front left air spring strut
5- Red, air line to rear left air spring strut
6- Green, air line to front right air spring strut
7- Black, air line from compressor to accumulator

5.1 Removing and installing compressor


without adaptive suspension valve block
- NX7-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

5. Assembly overview - compressor with adaptive suspension valve block NX7 275
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove air from accumulator using vehicle diagnostic, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
– Remove underbody panelling on right ⇒ General Body Re‐
pairs - Exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Underbody panelling
– Remove clip -arrow- and detach intake line -1-.

– Unclip and unplug connectors -1- and -2- between compressor


and body.

– Remove air lines -1- and -2- from compressor.

276 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove cable ties -arrows-.


– Unscrew nuts -1- for compressor.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and swivel compressor with bracket


-1- downwards and secure.
– Low compressor with bracket at front until compressor can be
removed.

Caution

♦ Make absolutely sure that the adaptive suspension valve


block - NX7- is taken as small a distance as possible away
from the underbody.
♦ In addition, it must be ensured that the air lines are never
kinked or stretched.

Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Fill accumulator using the vehicle diagnostic, testing and in‐
formation system - VAS 5051B- ⇒ page 271 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Air lines to compressor 4 Nm
Bracket to body 20 Nm
Compressor to bracket 6 Nm

5.2 Removing and installing compressor


with adaptive suspension valve block -
NX7-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

5. Assembly overview - compressor with adaptive suspension valve block NX7 277
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove air from accumulator using vehicle diagnostic, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
– Clean area around pressure retention valve at air spring struts
at front.
– Unscrew air lines from pressure retention valves of air spring
struts at front -1-.
– Clean area around pressure retention valve at air spring struts
at rear.

– Unscrew air lines from pressure retention valves of air spring


struts at rear -1-.
– Remove underbody panelling on right ⇒ General Body Re‐
pairs - Exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Underbody panelling

278 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove clip -arrow- and detach intake line -1-.

– Unclip and unplug connectors -1- and -2- between compressor


and body.
– Separate connector -3- from adaptive suspension valve block
- NX7- .

– Unscrew air lines -2- from compressor.

Note

The air line -1- remains installed.

– Unscrew air lines -1- to -5- from adaptive suspension valve


block - NX7- .

5. Assembly overview - compressor with adaptive suspension valve block NX7 279
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove compressor together with


adaptive suspension valve block - NX7- -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

Installation position of air line at front


The air line has 2 markings.
Insert air line until the front marking -arrow A- is completely cov‐
ered by the union nut.
It must only be possible to see the second marking -arrow B- on
the air line.
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

Installation position of air line at rear


The rear air line is sheathed in a shrink-fit hose.
– Insert air line until end of shrink-fit hose -2- is touching union
nut -1-.
It must be ensured that the end of the shrink-fit hose is not more
than 2 mm away from union nut.

Terminal assignment for air lines at adaptive suspension valve


block - NX7- .
1- Black, drainage line
2- Blue, internal air line between adaptive suspension valve
block - NX7- and compressor
3- Yellow, air line to rear right air spring strut
4- Violet, air line to front left air spring strut
5- Red, air line to rear left air spring strut
6- Green, air line to front right air spring strut
7- Black, air line from compressor to accumulator
– Fill accumulator using the vehicle diagnostic, testing and in‐
formation system - VAS 5051B- ⇒ page 271 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Air lines to adaptive suspension valve block - NX7- and 4 Nm
compressor

280 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Air line to pressure retention valve 4 Nm
Bracket to body 20 Nm

5.3 Removing and installing adaptive sus‐


pension valve block - NX7-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove air from accumulator using vehicle diagnostic, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
– Clean area around pressure retention valve at air spring struts
at front.
– Unscrew air lines from pressure retention valves of air spring
struts at front -1-.
– Clean area around pressure retention valve at air spring struts
at rear.

– Unscrew air lines from pressure retention valves of air spring


struts at rear -1-.
– Remove underbody panelling on right ⇒ General Body Re‐
pairs - Exterior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Underbody panelling

5. Assembly overview - compressor with adaptive suspension valve block NX7 281
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Separate connector -1- from adaptive suspension valve block


- NX7- .

– Unscrew air lines -1- to -6- from adaptive suspension valve


block - NX7- .

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, lower compressor together with adap‐


tive suspension valve block - NX7- -1- approx. 10 cm and then
secure.

– Undo bolts -arrows- and remove adaptive suspension valve


block - NX7- .
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

282 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Before the air line is installed, it must be ensured that only the
second marking -arrow- on the air line can be seen.
The distance -a- from the end of the air line to the cutting ring
-1- must be between a minimum of 4 mm and a maximum of 6
mm.

Terminal assignment for air lines at adaptive suspension valve


block - NX7- :
1- Black, drainage line
2- Blue, internal air line between adaptive suspension valve
block - NX7- and compressor
3- Yellow, air line to rear right air spring strut
4- Violet, air line to front left air spring strut
5- Red, air line to rear left air spring strut
6- Green, air line to front right air spring strut
7- Black, air line from compressor to accumulator
– Fill accumulator using the vehicle diagnostic, testing and in‐
formation system - VAS 5051B- ⇒ page 271 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Air lines to adaptive suspension valve block - NX7- 4 Nm
Air line to pressure retention valve 4 Nm
Valve block for adaptive suspension - NX7- 7 Nm
Bracket to body 20 Nm

5. Assembly overview - compressor with adaptive suspension valve block NX7 283
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

44 – Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


1 Evaluating accident vehicles
A check list for evaluating running gear of accident vehicles can
be found under ⇒ page 1 .

284 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

2 Specified torques for wheel bolts


Wheel bolt to wheel hub for all vehicles
Specified torque: 180 Nm
– Before fitting wheel, protect wheel centring seat against cor‐
rosion ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide - General Information; Rep.
gr. 44 ; Wheel change; Protecting wheel centring seat against
corrosion .
♦ Fitting anti-theft wheel bolts using adapter set for wheel bolts
⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide - General Information; Rep. gr.
44 ; Wheel bolts; Adapter sets for anti-theft wheel bolts .

2. Specified torques for wheel bolts 285


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

3 Vehicle alignment check

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Wheel alignment computer - V.A.G 1813- or VW/Audi-ap‐


proved wheel alignment computer
♦ Brake pedal depressor - V.A.G 1869/2-
♦ Insert tool - T10179-
♦ Shock absorber tool set - T10001-

3.1 General information


Wheel alignment must be performed only using VW/AUDI ap‐
proved wheel alignment equipment!
Whenever wheels are aligned, both the front and rear axle must
be measured.
Otherwise, the steering rack may not be centred!
– Carry alignment out with the wheel alignment computer.
All information needed for alignment is stored on the wheel align‐
ment computer.
Current data »updates« are located in VW ServiceNet:

286 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐


ware; Beissbarth
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐
ware; Hunter
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐
ware; Corghi
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐
ware; John Bean

Note

♦ Wheel alignment should not be checked before the vehicle has


completed 1000 to 2000 km after the coil springs have settled.
♦ When making adjustments, adhere to the relevant specifica‐
tions as closely as possible.

Wheel alignment is necessary if:


♦ The vehicle does not handle properly.
♦ Vehicle has been involved in an accident and components
have been renewed.
♦ Axle components are removed or renewed.
♦ Tyres wear on one side.
Components have been renewed
Front axle component was Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
renewed. newed
yes no yes no
Lower suspension link X Lower suspension link X
Bonded rubber bush X Front upper suspension link X
for suspension link
Wheel bearing housing X Rear upper suspension link X
Track rod/track rod ball joint X Track rod X
Steering rack X Wheel bearing housing X
Subframe X1) Subframe X2)
Spring strut/air spring strut X Spring strut/air spring strut X
Anti-roll bar X Anti-roll bar X
1)Prerequisite: the position of the subframe was fixed before the
part was removed ⇒ page 11 .
2)Prerequisite: the position of the subframe was fixed before the
part was removed ⇒ page 148 .

Components removed and installed


Front axle component re‐ Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
moved and reinstalled moved and reinstalled
yes no yes no
Lower suspension link X Lower suspension link X
Bonded rubber bush X Front upper suspension link X
for suspension link
Wheel bearing housing X Rear upper suspension link X

3. Vehicle alignment check 287


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Front axle component re‐ Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
moved and reinstalled moved and reinstalled
yes no yes no
Track rod/track rod ball X Track rod X
joint
Steering rack X Wheel bearing housing X
Subframe X3) Subframe X4)
Spring strut/air spring strut X Spring strut/air spring strut X
Anti-roll bar X Anti-roll bar X
3)Prerequisite: the position of the subframe was fixed before the
part was removed ⇒ page 11 .
4)Prerequisite: the position of the subframe was fixed before the
part was removed ⇒ page 148 .

3.2 Conditions for testing


• Check suspension, wheel bearing, steering and steering link‐
age for excessive play and damage.
• Tread depth difference of no more than 2 mm on one axle.
• Tyres inflated to correct pressure.
• Vehicle unladen.
• Fuel tank must be full.
• Spare wheel and vehicle tools are stowed in correct locations.
• The fluid reservoir for the windscreen/headlight washer sys‐
tem must be full.
• When checking wheel alignment, ensure that sliding plates
and turn tables are not touching end stop.
Please note the following:
• The test equipment must be properly adjusted and attached
to the vehicle; observe device manufacturer's operating in‐
structions.
If necessary, ask the manufacturer to show you how to use the
wheel alignment machine.
Wheel alignment platforms and wheel alignment units and com‐
puters can lose their calibration over a period of time.
Wheel alignment platforms and alignment units and computers
should be checked and adjusted as necessary during inspection
and maintenance at least once per year!
– Handle these highly sensitive devices carefully and conscien‐
tiously.

3.3 Test preparations


Special tools and workshop equipment required

288 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Brake pedal depressor - V.A.G 1869/2-

The existing lateral runout of the wheel must be compensated for.


Otherwise, the result of the measurement will be incorrect.
If runout compensation is not performed, it is not possible to adjust
toe-in correctly!
Please follow the instructions of the manufacturer of the wheel
alignment equipment.
– Carry out wheel runout compensation.
– Apply brake pedal depressor - V.A.G 1869/2- .
– Use brake pedal depressor to depress brake pedal.

3.4 Wheel alignment specifications


These specifications apply to all engines.
♦ Explanations regarding PR. numbers ⇒ page 297
The ride height shown in the table refers to dimension -a-.

Front axle Steel spring strut Air spring strut


PR numbers 1BA/1BE 1BB 1BK/1BY 2MA
Toe-in per wheel (individual toe) +5' ± 2.5' +5' ± 2.5' +5' ± 2.5' +5' ± 2.5'
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 5' max. 5' max. 5' max. 5'
ence between sides
Camber (in straight-ahead posi‐ -15' ± 20' -15' ± 20' -15' ± 20' -15' ± 20'
tion)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
ence between sides
Castor angle +8° 35' +10'/-30' +8° 26' +10'/-30' +8° 38' +10'/-30' +9° 5' +10'/-30'
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30′ max. 30′ max. 30′ max. 30′
ence between sides
Ride height 478 ± 10 mm 488 ± 10 mm 475 ± 10 mm 450 ± 10 mm

3. Vehicle alignment check 289


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Rear axle Steel spring strut Air spring strut


PR numbers 1BA/1BE 1BB 1BK/1BY 2MA
Toe-in per wheel (individual toe) +10' ± 5' +10' ± 5' +10' ± 5' +10' ± 5'
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 7' max. 7' max. 7' max. 7'
ence between sides
Camber -1° 20' ± 20' -1° 20' ± 20' -1° 20' ± 20' -1° 20' ± 20'
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
ence between sides
Ride height 486 ± 10 mm 502 ± 10 mm 483 ± 10 mm 458 ± 10 mm

3.5 Overview - wheel alignment procedure


Always adhere to the following procedure!
– Observe instructions for your wheel alignment device.

Alignment procedure

Start → Carry out wheel runout com‐ → Bounce springs.


pensation.

Turn steering wheel to ← Measure vehicle height. ← Fit brake pedal depressor - V.A.G
straight-ahead position 1869/2-
and lock in place 1)

Check front axle camber → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 291
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←

Check rear axle camber → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 292
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←

Check rear axle toe → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 293

290 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←

Check front axle caster → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 294
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←

Check front axle toe → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
End ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 295
↑ ↓
↑ ← ← ← ← ←
1) If steering wheel is not centred, it must be straightened after
wheel alignment is finished. Then perform basic settings for steer‐
ing angle sensor - G85- using vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- .

3.6 Adjusting camber at front wheels


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Insert tool - T10188-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

3. Vehicle alignment check 291


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


– Undo nut -1- and adjust camber by turning the eccentric bolt
-1-.

– Tighten nut for camber adjusting bolt.


1- Insert - T10188-
2- Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Specified torques
Bolt Specified torque
Lower suspension link to subframe 170 Nm
“camber adjusting bolt”
♦ Use new bolts

3.7 Adjusting camber on rear axle


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

292 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


– Undo nut -1- and adjust camber by turning the eccentric bolt
-2-.
– Tighten nut -1-.

Specified torques
Bolt Specified torque
Lower suspension link to subframe 170 Nm
“camber adjusting bolt”
♦ Use new bolts

3.8 Adjusting toe at rear axle


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Perform the following steps:


– Undo nut -1- and adjust toe by turning the eccentric bolt -2-.
– Tighten nut -1-.

3. Vehicle alignment check 293


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Specified torques
Bolt Specified torque
Track rod to subframe 170 Nm
“to adjusting bolt”
♦ Use new bolts
♦ Tighten threaded connections only when vehicle is in
the normal running position ⇒ page 142

3.9 Adjusting caster on front axle


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Insert tool - T10188-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Perform the following steps:


– Undo nut -1- and adjust caster by turning the eccentric bolt
-2-.

294 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Tighten nut for caster adjusting bolt.


1- Insert - T10188-
2- Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

Specified torques
Bolt Specified torque
Lower suspension link to subframe 170 Nm
“caster adjusting bolt”
♦ Use new bolts

3.10 Adjusting front axle toe


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

♦ Insert tool, 24 mm - V.A.G 1332/11-

3. Vehicle alignment check 295


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Undo lock nut -1- while counterholding on track rod ball joint.
– Pull spring-type clip off boot.
– Adjust toe by turning left and/or right track rod.
To to this, it is possible to position an open jaw spanner on hex‐
agonal profile of track rod.
After turning track rods, ensure that boots are not twisted.
Twisted boots wear out quickly.
– Tighten lock nut -1- with tool insert 24 mm - V.A.G 1332/11-
while counterholding on flats of track rod ball joint.
– Check toe values again.
It is possible that the value will change slightly when lock nut is
tightened.
However, if the measured toe value lies within the tolerance, the
adjustment is correct.
– Fit spring-type clip to boot.

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Track rod ball joint to track rod 70 Nm

296 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4 Vehicle data sticker


Explanation of “PR numbers” on vehicle data sticker
Various types of running gear are installed depending on engine
and equipment level. These are identified by the PR numbers.
The PR numbers are critical in determining the wheel alignment
specifications.
The running gear version fitted in the vehicle is indicated on the
vehicle data sticker by the PR number for the front axle.
The vehicle data sticker can be found in the spare wheel well and
in the service booklet.
Example of a vehicle data sticker
In this example, the vehicle is equipped with the 1BA running gear
-arrow-.

4. Vehicle data sticker 297


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

298 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5.1 General information on Adaptive Cruise


Control (ACC)
Detailed information on the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) sys‐
tem can be found in ⇒ Self-study programme No. 449 ; Touareg
2011 .
The Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) system has 2 sensors for au‐
tomatic distance regulation , Distance regulation control unit -
J428- “master” and distance regulation control unit 2 - J850-
“slave”. The distance regulation sensor and the distance
regulation control unit are installed together in a single housing.
The entire unit has to be replaced if the sensor or the control unit
are defective.
The distance regulation control unit - J428- “master” is installed
on the right of the vehicle in the bumper support at the front.
Control unit 2 for adaptive cruise control - J850- “slave” is installed
on left side of vehicle in front bumper.
In the following, the sensor/control unit combination is referred to
as the “sensor”.
If the sensor is soiled, functional faults can occur. Clean sensor.
It must be ensured that the radar sensors and ultrasonic sensors
are not covered by stickers, paint or similar because this can im‐
pair proper functioning of the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
system.
Impacts or damage to bumper cover, wheel arch and underbody
can adversely affect the sensors. As a result, proper functioning
of the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) can be impaired.
Before adjusting the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system, check
both sensors as well as their brackets and securing elements for
damage, external influence and secure seating. Repair any dam‐
aged parts if necessary. The front bumper cover is also to be
checked for damage, cracks and secure seating and any dam‐
aged parts are to be repaired.
Before adjusting the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system, read
out the event memory and rectify any faults found.
The “measured misalignment-angle value” of the ACC control unit
indicates whether or not the sensor is out of adjustment.
Use only a wheel alignment machine and adjusting devices ap‐
proved by VW/AUDI to adjust the adaptive cruise control (ACC)
system.
Correct adjustment is an essential prerequisite for the perfect
functioning of the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system.

Note

♦ Re-adjustment is required when:


♦ The rear axle toe setting has been adjusted.
♦ The distance regulation control unit - J428- “master” and/or
distance regulation control unit 2 - J850- “slave” has been re‐
moved/installed.
♦ The front bumper support has been removed and installed.
♦ The front bumper support has been loosened or moved.
♦ The misalignment angle is greater than -0.8° to +0.8°.
♦ The vehicle has been brought into the service position.

5. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) 299


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5.2 Adjusting the automatic distance regu‐


lation sensor
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Adjusting tool - VAS 6190/2-

♦ ACC setting device - VAS 6430- or setting device, basic kit -


VAS 6430/1-

♦ ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/3-


♦ Wheel alignment computer

Note

♦ Before driving the vehicle onto the wheel alignment platform,


make sure there is sufficient space between the vehicle and
the ACC setting device - VAS 6430- . The distance between
the ACC setting device - VAS 6430- and the VW emblem must
be 120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
♦ If the available space is not adequate, move the vehicle back‐
wards on the alignment platform as required.
♦ The ACC reflector mirror of the ACC setting device - VAS
6430- and ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/3- may not come
into contact during installation.
♦ If the position of the ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/3- on the
alignment beam is changed, the setting of the ACC setting
device - VAS 6430- must always be checked (e.g. spirit levels,
individual toe values on adjusting beam, etc.).

• Before starting adjustment, read out event memory and rectify


any faults.
The adjustment procedure described here is based on ACC set‐
ting device - VAS 6430- .

300 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

The following setting sequence is to be adhered to:


1- Establish a distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm between the ACC
reflector mirror - VAS 6430/3- fitted in the middle and the
VW emblem on radiator grille
2- Fit ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/3- on right next to ver‐
tical slide block (see in direction of travel)
3- Set distance regulation control unit - J428- “master”
4- Move ACC reflector mirror to opposite side of alignment
beam
5- Check and, if necessary, correct position of spirit levels and
alignment beam
6- Set distance regulation control unit 2 - J850- “slave”.
If wheel alignment has just been carried out, the steps described
under “Setting without preceding wheel alignment” do not have to
be carried out.
Setting without preceding wheel alignment
– Click button for ACC setting with dual radar in wheel alignment
computer.
– Note testing preconditions for wheel alignment ⇒ page 288 .
Vehicles with air suspension
– Move vehicle to normal level.
– Activate jacking mode ⇒ page 259 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Drive car onto wheel alignment platform.
– Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; general infor‐
mation; Rep. gr. 27 .
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
VAS 5051 B- to the car. (Route diagnostic cable through open
window.)

Note

During the setting procedure, make sure that all the car doors
remain closed and that the car's outside lighting is switched off.

– Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.


– Mount quick-release clamps on rear wheels.
– Fit measurement transducers to rear wheels.
– Carry out wheel run-out compensation at rear wheels.
Setting with or without preceding wheel alignment
– Remove cover for fog lamp -1- on left and right ⇒ Rep. gr.
63 .
– Remove dirt, if there is any, from the sensor lens.

5. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) 301


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Position ACC setting device - VAS 6430- in the middle and


parallel at a distance -a- from the ACC reflector mirror - VAS
6430/3- fitted in the middle to the VW emblem in the radiator
grille.
a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm

Note

ACC setting device - VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on


alignment beam.

Sequence of steps for all


– Fit measurement transducers of front wheels -1- an - VAS
6430- .

– Remove mirror fitted in middle and mount it again on the far


right-hand side next to the vertical slide block.

– In the area -A-, move position -2- on rotary knob so that it co‐
incides with marking on mirror (the number 2 on the rotary
knob must point towards the vehicle).
– Use adjusting screws -1-, -2- and -3- to bring spirit levels -A-
and -B- to - VAS 6430- horizontal.

302 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Adjust mirror -4- by means of crank handle -arrow- in such a


way that the laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor lens.

– Position mirror -4- on side of alignment beam until the laser


beam hits the sensor lens in the middle.

– Set the same individual toe values of the front axle by means
of fine adjusting screw -5-.
• The difference between the two individual toe values must be
smaller than or equal to 6'.

5. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) 303


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Level spirit levels -2- of the measurement transducer -1-.


– Now, use laser beam -3- am -VAS 6430/3- again to check
whether laser beam hits the sensor lens in the middle.

Note

♦ - VAS 6430- is correctly aligned if the laser beam still coincides


with the sensor lens at this stage, after the identical toe values
have been set.
♦ The alignment of - VAS 6430- must be repeated if the laser
beam does not coincide with the sensor lens.

– Go to vehicle diagnosis system, test and information system -


VAS 5051B- , click Go To and select the function “Function/
component selection”.
Selection on the VAS 505X for setting the distance regulation
control unit - J428- “Master”:
– On the screen, click the following buttons one after the other:
♦ Running gear (Rep. Gr. 01; 40 - 49)
♦ Proximity control
♦ Master
♦ 01 - Self-diagnosis compatible system
♦ 13 - Adaptive cruise control I J428
♦ 13 - Adaptive cruise control, functions
♦ 13 - Adjusting adaptive cruise control unit J428
Follow instructions on screen to adjust the control unit.

Designation of adjusting screws of distance regulation control unit


- J428- “Master”
1- Adjuster screw
2- Adjuster screw
3- Must not be rotated - serves only as point of rotation

304 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

The procedure for setting distance regulation control unit 2 - J850-


“Slave” is analogous to that of distance regulation control unit -
J428- “Master”.
Move ACC reflector mirror - VAS 6430/3- -1- to opposite side of
alignment beam.
Selection on the VAS 505X for setting distance regulation control
unit 2 - J850- “Slave”:
– On the screen, click the following buttons one after the other:
♦ Running gear (Rep. Gr. 01; 40 - 49)
♦ Proximity control
♦ Slave
♦ 01 - Self-diagnosis compatible system
♦ 8B - Adaptive cruise control 2 I J850
♦ BB - Adaptive cruise control, functions
♦ BB - Adjusting control unit 2 for adaptive cruise
control J850

Follow instructions on screen to adjust the control unit.

Designation of adjusting screws of distance regulation control unit


2 - J850-
1- Adjuster screw
2- Adjuster screw
3- Must not be rotated - serves only as point of rotation

WARNING

The ACC setting is not accepted until “Actuating element di‐


agnosis completed” is shown in the vehicle diagnosis system,
test and information system - VAS 5051B- .

5. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) 305


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

6 Lane departure warning

6.1 General information about lane depar‐


ture warning
Detailed information on the lane departure warning is provided in
⇒ Self-study programme No. 449 ; Touareg 2011

Note

The following situations can cause the camera function to be im‐


paired by sustained poor visibility of the lane marker lines:

♦ The field of view of the camera is contaminated or iced over.


In this case, clean the affected area.
♦ The field of view of the camera is fogged over.
♦ The condition of the carriageway means that no lane marker
lines can be detected clearly (e.g. road covered with snow, at
roadwork's).
The camera’s viewing window must be cleaned manually if there
is heavy soiling on the inside of the windscreen in the field of view
of the camera. To do this, the control unit and lens hood must be
removed and the windscreen cleaned using cleaning solution.
Removing the control unit and lens cover ⇒ Rep. gr. 94 .
Correct calibration is a basic precondition for the lane departure
warning to function without faults.
The following circumstances make it necessary to recalibrate the
lane departure warning:
♦ Entry “no or incorrect basic setting / adaptation” is stored in
event memory.
♦ Camera control unit - J852- has been renewed.
♦ Windscreen has been renewed or removed.
♦ Rear axle toe has been adjusted.
♦ Modifications having an effect on the body height have been
made to the car's running gear.

Note

♦ Before calibrating the lane departure warning, read out event


memory and rectify faults as necessary.
♦ The geometrical driving axis of the car must be measured in
order to calibrate the lane departure warning. It is used as a
reference position for the setting device - VAS 6430- .
♦ Calibration of the lane departure warning must only be per‐
formed only using VW/AUDI approved wheel alignment equip‐
ment!
♦ Calibration of the lane departure warning is only permitted us‐
ing the setting device - VAS 6430- !

6.2 Calibrating the lane departure warning


Special tools and workshop equipment required

306 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - VAS 5051


B-

♦ Setting device - VAS 6430-

♦ Wheel alignment computer

Note

♦ The camera control unit - J852- must be correctly located in


the holder.
♦ The field of view of the camera must be clean and clear.
♦ Before driving the vehicle onto the wheel alignment platform,
make sure there is sufficient space between the midpoint of
the hub of the front wheels and the setting device - VAS 6430- .
♦ The distance between the setting device - VAS 6430- and the
centre point of the hub of the front wheels must be 1500 mm
± 25 mm.
♦ If the available space is not adequate, move the vehicle back‐
wards on the alignment platform as required.
♦ Before starting calibration, read out event memory and rectify
any faults.

– Note testing preconditions for wheel alignment ⇒ page 288 .


Vehicles with air suspension
– Move vehicle to normal level and activate car jacking mode
⇒ page 259
Continued for all vehicles
– Drive car onto wheel alignment platform.
– Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; general infor‐
mation; Rep. gr. 27 .
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
VAS 5051 B- to the car. (Route diagnostic cable through open
window.)

6. Lane departure warning 307


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Note

During the calibration procedure, make sure that all the car doors
remain closed and that the car's outside lighting is switched off.

– Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.


– Select calibration run for lane departure warning in wheel
alignment computer.
– Mount quick-release clamps on all four wheels.
– Mount measuring transducers on wheels.
– Perform wheel runout compensation on rear wheels.
– Bounce springs.
– Measure standing height at all four wheels and make a note
of it.

Note

♦ Setting device - VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on


alignment beam.
♦ Wheel alignment platform must be in the lowermost levelled
position for next work step.

– Align setting device - VAS 6430- at a right angle to lengthways


axis of car.

– Turn setting device - VAS 6430- upwards so that alignment


beam is parallel to middle of measurement transducers on
front wheels, in order to perform a correct measurement with
distance measuring unit -1-.
1- Distance measuring unit with tape measure and socket pin
– Position setting device - VAS 6430- at distance -a- of 1500 mm
± 25 mm from midpoint of hub of front wheels to beam of set‐
ting device - VAS 6430- .

Caution

♦ Distance -a- of 1500 mm ± 25 mm must be measured on


both sides of vehicle and adjustment device - VAS 6430-
must then be aligned.
♦ Distance -a- must be same on both sides of car.
♦ To guarantee correct calibration, setting device - VAS
6430- must be at right angle to lengthways axis of car.

308 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Mount measurement transducer -1- of front wheels onto set‐


ting device - VAS 6430- .

– Measure height value -a- between standing surface of setting


device - VAS 6430- and wheel support surface on wheel align‐
ment platform and enter value in wheel alignment computer.

– Unscrew clamping bolt -arrow-, place measuring bar -1- on


floor.

– Use crank -1- to set lane departure warning calibration panel


- VAS 6430/4- to nominal height -2- indicated by wheel align‐
ment computer and make a note.

6. Lane departure warning 309


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

When nominal height has been reached, measuring bar -1- must
be moved upwards slightly and secured with clamping screw
-arrow-.

– Use adjuster screw -1- to level spirit level -A-.

– Move setting device - VAS 6430- sideways -arrows B- until


display on wheel alignment computer is within tolerance.

310 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Screw down adjuster screws -2- and -3- slightly to secure set‐
ting device - VAS 6430- against rolling away.

– Turn fine adjuster screw -1- until display on wheel alignment


computer is within tolerance.

– Use adjuster screw -1- to level spirit level -A-.

6. Lane departure warning 311


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Use adjuster screws -2- and -3- to level spirit level -B-.

– Unscrew clamping bolt -arrow-, place measuring bar -1- on


floor.

– Check nominal height -2- again and correct if necessary.

312 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

When nominal height has been reached, measuring bar -1- must
be moved upwards slightly and secured with clamping screw
-arrow-.
Subsequent work is performed using vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system - VAS 5051B- .
– Switch on ignition.
– On vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - VAS
5051- , select “Guided fault finding” ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic test‐
er.
Body (Rep. Gr. 01;27;50...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. (01, 27, 90…97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

85_control unit for camera- J852

85_control unit for camera- J852, functions

J852 - Calibration (Rep. Gr. 44

Follow instructions on screen to perform calibration.

Note

The next step in Guided fault finding is to measure the body


height.

– Enter the noted standing height.

6. Lane departure warning 313


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

48 – Steering
1 Evaluating accident vehicles
A check list for evaluating running gear of accident vehicles can
be found under ⇒ page 1 .

314 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

2 Assembly overview - airbag and steering wheel

1 - Steering column
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 319
2 - Steering wheel
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 315
❑ Different versions possi‐
ble. Refer to ⇒ Electron‐
ic parts catalogue
3 - Bolt
❑ 30 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval

2.1 Removing and installing airbag and


steering wheel
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

2. Assembly overview - airbag and steering wheel 315


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing

WARNING

The following conditions must be met before starting work on


the electrical system and removing the steering wheel:
♦ Earth strap must be disconnected from battery ⇒ Rep. gr.
27 ; Battery; Disconnecting and reconnecting the battery .
♦ The wheels must be in straight-ahead position.
Failure to comply with these precautions may lead to subse‐
quent failure of the airbag system!

– Move steering column to middle height position.


– Remove airbag module ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69 ; Passenger protection .
– Turn wheels to straight-ahead position.

Note

The steering wheel must be removed/installed in the middle po‐


sition (wheels facing straight ahead).

Vehicles with heated steering wheel


– Release and pull off connector -1-.

316 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove bolt -1-.
– Mark position of steering wheel/steering column with a felt-
tipped pen.
– Pull steering wheel -2- off steering column.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
Make sure that the wheels are pointing straight ahead before fit‐
ting the steering wheel.
– When installing a steering wheel that has been removed,
make sure that the markings on the steering column and steer‐
ing wheel are in line.
– When installing a new steering wheel (without marking), the
steering wheel must be mounted in middle position (steering
wheel spoke must be horizontal and wheels in straight posi‐
tion).
– Install steering wheel.
– Installing airbag module ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69 ; Passenger protection .
– Carry out road test.
– If the steering wheel is skewed, the steering wheel must be
removed again and fitted onto the splines of the steering col‐
umn.
Specified torque

Component Specified torque


Bolt for steering wheel 30 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolt

2. Assembly overview - airbag and steering wheel 317


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

3 Assembly overview: steering column, left-hand drive

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.

1 - Cross member
2 - Electronic steering column
lock control unit - J764-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 326
3 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
4 - Steering column
❑ Different steering col‐
umn variants installed,
allocation ⇒ electronic
parts catalogue “ET‐
KA” .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 319
❑ Check for damage
⇒ page 326
5 - Bolt
6 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Qty. 4
7 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
8 - Nut
❑ 4 Nm
9 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
10 - Control unit for electrically adjustable steering column - J866-
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 328
11 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

318 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

3.1 Removing and installing steering col‐


umn, left-hand drive vehicle
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

WARNING

Before steering column is removed, the following must be


done:
Make a sketch of:
♦ The routing of the electrical wiring harnesses
♦ The fastenings of the electrical wiring harnesses
♦ The mounting locations of the cable ties
This especially applies to the wiring harness for the electronic
steering column lock control unit - J764- .
Before steering column is installed, the following must be done:
• The wiring harnesses must be routed and laid exactly as
before removal.
• The wiring harnesses must be secured exactly as before
removal.
• All cable ties that have been undone or cut open must be
fastened at the same places.
• Make sure that the wiring harness for the electronic steer‐
ing column lock control unit - J764- does not become
jammed or touch sharp edges when steering column is
adjusted.

3. Assembly overview: steering column, left-hand drive 319


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing

Note

♦ Only the complete steering column is supplied as a replace‐


ment part. Repair is not possible.
♦ If the steering column is renewed, the electronic steering col‐
umn lock control unit - J764- has already been mounted on the
new steering column and does not have to be transferred.
♦ If an electrically adjustable steering column is renewed, the
control unit for electrically adjustable steering column - J866-
has already been mounted on the new steering column and
does not have to be transferred.

Vehicles with air spring struts


– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove left front wheel.
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, front; Rep.
gr. 50 ; Noise insulation .
– Remove front left wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner
– Remove airbag and steering wheel ⇒ page 315 .

WARNING

The following conditions must be met before starting work on


the electrical system and removing the steering wheel:
♦ Earth strap must be disconnected from battery ⇒ Rep. gr.
27 ; Battery; Disconnecting and reconnecting the battery .
♦ The wheels must be in straight-ahead position.
Failure to comply with these precautions may lead to subse‐
quent failure of the airbag system!

– Remove steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;


Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments, covers and trims .
– Remove switch module of steering column ⇒ Lights, lamps,
switches - exterior; Rep. gr. 94 ; Steering column switches .
– Remove footwell cover -1- on driver side ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments, covers and trims .
– If installed, remove knee airbag ⇒ General body repairs, in‐
terior; Rep. gr. 69 .

320 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts (if any) -arrows-.


– Remove heat shield -1- from steering rack -2-.

– Unscrew and remove bolt -arrow- of universal joint -1-.


– Pull universal joint -1- off power-assisted steering rack -2-.

WARNING

♦ There is a risk of injury from the exhaust system depend‐


ing on the engine.

– Unscrew nuts -arrows- from sealing boot -1-.

– Release cable bracket -arrow- from wiring harness -1- on


steering column -2-.
– Lay the wiring harness to one side.

3. Assembly overview: steering column, left-hand drive 321


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Vehicles with electrically adjustable steering column


– Release connector -2- of wiring harness for the electrically ad‐
justable steering column -1- behind the dash panel insert and
pull off.
Continued for both vehicles

– Unscrew and remove bolts -arrows- of steering column -1-.

– Unscrew and remove bolted connection -arrows- between


steering column and frequency brace.
– Remove bolt, while supporting steering column -1- from below
with your hand.
Vehicles with electrically adjustable steering column

322 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Detach connector -arrow- from electronic steering column lock


control unit - J764- -1-.
Continued for both vehicles
– Carefully lower steering column.
– Fold back floor covering in area of sealing boot in footwell on
driver's side.
– Remove steering column together with sealing boot from ve‐
hicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

WARNING

Before steering column is installed, the following must be done:


• Check steering column for damage ⇒ page 326 .
• The wiring harnesses must be routed and laid exactly as
before removal.
• The wiring harnesses must be secured exactly as before
removal.
• When installing steering column, all cable ties that were
removed or cut open when removing it must be re-attach‐
ed in the same positions.
• Make sure that the wiring harness for the electronic steer‐
ing column lock control unit - J764- does not become
jammed or touch sharp edges when steering column is
adjusted.

– Insert steering column -1- into vehicle.


– Insert bolt -arrow- for frequency brace.
– Reconnect electrical connectors.

– Hand-tighten all bolts of steering column.

3. Assembly overview: steering column, left-hand drive 323


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Ensure sealing boot -1- is correctly seated in plenum chamber


bulkhead -2-.

– Hand-tighten nuts -arrows- for sealing boot uniformly.


– Tighten sealing boot -1-.

Note tightening sequence


– Tighten bolts -1- to -4- to specified torque in the sequence
shown.
– Tighten nut -5- to specified torque.

Note

The threaded hole for the bolt at universal joint must always be
cleaned (e.g. with a tap).

324 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit steering column -1- onto steering pinion of the power-as‐


sisted steering rack -2- as far as stop and tighten bolt
-arrow-.
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– After installation of the steering column's circuit box, the steer‐
ing angle sensor - G85- must be calibrated ⇒ page 326 .
When steering column is renewed with electronic steering column
lock control unit - J764- , electronic steering column lock control
unit - J764- must be adapted.
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep. Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Body work (Rep. Gr. 01;50;...77)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

05_access and start authorisation => J393

09_access and start authorisation, functions

Vehicles with electrically adjustable steering column


When the electrically adjustable steering column is replaced to‐
gether with control unit for electrically adjustable steering column
- J866- , the control unit for electrically adjustable steering column
- J866- must be adapted.
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep. Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

09 Onboard power supply control unit J519

09 Functions of onboard power supply control unit

Coding control unit for electrically adjustable


steering column J866

Follow instructions on screen to perform adaption.


If the control unit for the electrically adjustable steering column -
J866- is renewed, basic setting must be carried out.
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

09 Onboard power supply control unit J519

09 Functions of onboard power supply control unit

Basic settings for control unit for electrically ad-


justable steering column - J866

Follow instructions on screen to perform basic setting.


Specified torque

3. Assembly overview: steering column, left-hand drive 325


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Universal joint to power-assisted steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolt

Steering column to cross member 20 Nm


Steering column to frequency brace 20 Nm
♦ Use new bolts

Heat shield to power-assisted steering rack 9 Nm


Sealing boot to plenum chamber bulkhead 4 Nm

3.2 Basic setting for steering angle sensor


G85 steering angle sender must be
checked after the following repair work:
♦ When vehicle steering angle sensor - G85- is removed or re‐
newed,
♦ After removal or renewal of steering column,
♦ After removal or renewal of steering rack,
♦ If steering wheel was repositioned.
Basic setting of steering angle sensor G85
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

16 Steering column electronics control unit J527

16 Functions of steering column electronics control


unit

16 Basic settings of steering column electronics con-


trol unit (Rep. Gr. 94)

Follow instructions on screen to perform basic setting.

3.3 Checking steering column for damage


Visual check
– Check all steering column parts for damage.
– Check sealing boot for damage and that rubber grommet for
correct seating.
Checking function
– Check that steering column turns smoothly and easily.
– Check whether steering column can be adjusted longitudinally
and vertically.

3.4 Removing and installing electronic


steering column lock control unit - J764-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

326 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove steering column ⇒ page 319 .
– Unscrew screw -arrow-.
– Slightly raise electronic steering column lock control unit -
J764- -1- and lift it off steering column.

WARNING

• After removing the control units, make sure that no dirt or


foreign bodies enter the steering column.

Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
♦ If only the electronic steering column lock control unit - J764-
has been renewed, the previously installed securing bolt for
the control unit must be re-used.
♦ If the steering column has been renewed, the electronic steer‐
ing column lock control unit - J764- has already been fitted to
the new steering column.

3. Assembly overview: steering column, left-hand drive 327


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert electronic steering column lock control unit - J764- -1-


with lug into groove -arrow- of steering column.
– Tighten bolt.

Note

♦ If the same electronic steering column lock control unit - J764-


has been reinstalled, the electronic steering column lock con‐
trol unit - J764- need not be readapted.
♦ If the electronic steering column lock control unit - J764- has
been renewed, it must be readapted.
♦ If the steering column is renewed, the electronic steering col‐
umn lock control unit - J764- has already been mounted on the
new steering column and does not have to be transferred.

If electronic steering column lock control unit - J764- has been


renewed, the electronic steering column lock control unit - J764-
must be adapted.
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep. Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Body work (Rep. Gr. 01;50;...77)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

05_access and start authorisation => J393

09_access and start authorisation, functions

Specified torque

Component Specified torque


ELS control unit - J764- to steering column 5 Nm

3.5 Removing and installing control unit for


electrically adjustable steering column -
J866-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove steering column ⇒ page 319 .

328 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Release and pull off connector -1-.


– Unscrew screw -arrow-.
– Slightly raise control unit for electrically adjustable steering
column - J866- -2- and lift it off steering column.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Insert control unit for electrically adjustable steering column -


J866- -1- with lug into groove -arrow- of steering column.
– Tighten bolt.
If an electrically adjustable steering column is renewed, the con‐
trol unit for electrically adjustable steering column - J866- has
already been mounted on the new steering column and does not
have to be transferred.
If control unit for electrically adjustable steering column - J866-
has been renewed, the control unit for electrically adjustable
steering column - J866- must be adapted.
Use ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

09 Onboard power supply control unit J519

09 Functions of onboard power supply control unit

Coding control unit for electrically adjustable


steering column J866

Follow instructions on screen to perform adaption.


If the control unit for the electrically adjustable steering column -
J866- is renewed, basic setting must be carried out.
Use ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

09 Onboard power supply control unit J519

09 Functions of onboard power supply control unit

Basic settings for control unit for electrically ad-


justable steering column - J866

Follow instructions on screen to perform basic setting.


Specified torque

Component Specified torque


Control unit for electrically adjustable steering column 5 Nm
- J866- to steering column

3. Assembly overview: steering column, left-hand drive 329


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4 Assembly overview: steering column, right-hand drive

Note

♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or wheel-guiding components of the suspension.


♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.

1 - Cross member
2 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
3 - Control unit for electrically
adjustable steering column -
J866-
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 340
4 - Nut
❑ 4 Nm
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
6 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
7 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Qty. 4
8 - Steering column
❑ Different steering col‐
umn variants installed,
allocation ⇒ electronic
parts catalogue “ET‐
KA” .
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 331
❑ Check for damage ⇒ page 338
9 - Bolt
10 - Electronic steering column lock control unit - J764-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 338
11 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

330 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

4.1 Removing and installing steering col‐


umn, right-hand drive vehicle
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

WARNING

Before steering column is removed, the following must be


done:
Make a sketch of:
♦ The routing of the electrical wiring harnesses
♦ The fastenings of the electrical wiring harnesses
♦ The mounting locations of the cable ties
This especially applies to the wiring harness for the electronic
steering column lock control unit - J764- .
Before steering column is installed, the following must be done:
• The wiring harnesses must be routed and laid exactly as
before removal.
• The wiring harnesses must be secured exactly as before
removal.
• All cable ties that have been undone or cut open must be
fastened at the same places.
• Make sure that the wiring harness for the electronic steer‐
ing column lock control unit - J764- does not become
jammed or touch sharp edges when steering column is
adjusted.

4. Assembly overview: steering column, right-hand drive 331


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing

Note

♦ Only the complete steering column is supplied as a replace‐


ment part. Repair is not possible.
♦ If the steering column is renewed, the electronic steering col‐
umn lock control unit - J764- has already been mounted on the
new steering column and does not have to be transferred.
♦ If an electrically adjustable steering column is renewed, the
control unit for electrically adjustable steering column - J866-
has already been mounted on the new steering column and
does not have to be transferred.

Vehicles with air spring struts


– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Turn wheels to straight-ahead position.
– Switch off ignition and remove ignition key.
– Remove front right wheel.
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, front; Rep.
gr. 50 ; Noise insulation .
– Remove front right wheel housing liner ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liner .
– Remove airbag and steering wheel ⇒ page 315 .

WARNING

The following conditions must be met before starting work on


the electrical system and removing the steering wheel:
♦ Earth strap must be disconnected from battery ⇒ Rep. gr.
27 ; Battery; Disconnecting and reconnecting the battery .
♦ The wheels must be in straight-ahead position.
Failure to comply with these precautions may lead to subse‐
quent failure of the airbag system!

– Remove steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;


Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments, covers and trims .
– Remove switch module of steering column ⇒ Lights, lamps,
switches - exterior; Rep. gr. 94 ; Steering column switches .
– Remove footwell cover on driver side ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments, covers and trims .
– Remove right and left dash panel trim on driver side ⇒ General
body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments, covers and
trims .

332 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts (if any) -arrows-.


– Remove heat shield -1- from steering rack.

– Unscrew and remove bolt -arrow- of universal joint -1-.


– Pull universal joint -1- off power-assisted steering rack -2-.

WARNING

♦ There is a risk of injury from the exhaust system depend‐


ing on the engine.

– Unscrew nuts -arrows- from sealing boot -1-.

– Release cable bracket -arrow- from wiring harness -1- on


steering column -2-.
– Lay the wiring harness to one side.

4. Assembly overview: steering column, right-hand drive 333


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Vehicles with electrically adjustable steering column


– Release connector -2- of wiring harness for the electrically ad‐
justable steering column -1- behind the dash panel insert and
pull off.
Continued for both vehicles

– Unscrew and remove bolts -arrows- of steering column -1-.

– Unscrew and remove bolted connection -arrows- between


steering column and frequency brace.
– Remove bolt, while supporting steering column -1- from below
with your hand.
Vehicles with electrically adjustable steering column

334 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Detach connector -arrow- from electronic steering column lock


control unit - J764- -1-.
Continued for both vehicles
– Carefully lower steering column.
– Fold back floor covering in area of sealing boot in footwell on
driver's side.
– Remove steering column together with sealing boot from ve‐
hicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

WARNING

Before steering column is installed, the following must be done:


• Check steering column for damage ⇒ page 338 .
• The wiring harnesses must be routed and laid exactly as
before removal.
• The wiring harnesses must be secured exactly as before
removal.
• When installing steering column, all cable ties that were
removed or cut open when removing it must be re-attach‐
ed in the same positions.
• Make sure that the wiring harness for the electronic steer‐
ing column lock control unit - J764- does not become
jammed or touch sharp edges when steering column is
adjusted.

– Insert steering column -1- into vehicle.


– Insert bolt -arrow- for frequency brace.
– Reconnect electrical connectors.

– Hand-tighten all bolts of steering column.

4. Assembly overview: steering column, right-hand drive 335


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Ensure sealing boot -1- is correctly seated in plenum chamber


bulkhead -2-.

– Hand-tighten nuts -arrows- for sealing boot uniformly.


– Tighten sealing boot -1-.

Note tightening sequence


– Tighten bolts -1- to -4- to specified torque in the sequence
shown.
– Tighten nut -5- to specified torque.

Note

The threaded hole for the bolt at universal joint must always be
cleaned (e.g. with a tap).

336 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Fit steering column -1- onto steering pinion of the power-as‐


sisted steering rack -2- as far as stop and tighten bolt
-arrow-.
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– After installation of the steering column's circuit box, the steer‐
ing angle sensor - G85- must be calibrated ⇒ page 338 .
When steering column is renewed with electronic steering column
lock control unit - J764- , electronic steering column lock control
unit - J764- must be adapted.
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep. Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Body work (Rep. Gr. 01;50;...77)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

05_access and start authorisation => J393

09_access and start authorisation, functions

Vehicles with electrically adjustable steering column


When the electrically adjustable steering column is replaced to‐
gether with control unit for electrically adjustable steering column
- J866- , the control unit for electrically adjustable steering column
- J866- must be adapted.
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep. Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

09 Onboard power supply control unit J519

09 Functions of onboard power supply control unit

Coding control unit for electrically adjustable


steering column J866

Follow instructions on screen to perform adaption.


If the control unit for the electrically adjustable steering column -
J866- is renewed, basic setting must be carried out.
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

09 Onboard power supply control unit J519

09 Functions of onboard power supply control unit

Basic settings for control unit for electrically ad-


justable steering column - J866

Follow instructions on screen to perform basic setting.


Specified torque

4. Assembly overview: steering column, right-hand drive 337


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Component Specified torque


Universal joint to power-assisted steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolt

Steering column to cross member 20 Nm


Steering column to frequency brace 20 Nm
♦ Use new bolts

Heat shield to power-assisted steering rack 9 Nm


Sealing boot to plenum chamber bulkhead 4 Nm

4.2 Basic setting for steering angle sensor


G85 steering angle sender must be
checked after the following repair work:
♦ When vehicle steering angle sensor - G85- is removed or re‐
newed,
♦ After removal or renewal of steering column,
♦ After removal or renewal of steering rack,
♦ If steering wheel was repositioned.
Basic setting of steering angle sensor G85
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

16 Steering column electronics control unit J527

16 Functions of steering column electronics control


unit

16 Basic settings of steering column electronics con-


trol unit (Rep. Gr. 94)

Follow instructions on screen to perform basic setting.

4.3 Checking steering column for damage


Visual check
– Check all steering column parts for damage.
– Check sealing boot for damage and that rubber grommet for
correct seating.
Checking function
– Check that steering column turns smoothly and easily.
– Check whether steering column can be adjusted longitudinally
and vertically.

4.4 Removing and installing electronic


steering column lock control unit - J764-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

338 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove steering column ⇒ page 331 .
– Unscrew screw -arrow-.
– Slightly raise electronic steering column lock control unit -
J764- -1- and lift it off steering column.

WARNING

• After removing the control units, make sure that no dirt or


foreign bodies enter the steering column.

Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
♦ If only the electronic steering column lock control unit - J764-
has been renewed, the previously installed securing bolt for
the control unit must be re-used.
♦ If the steering column has been renewed, the electronic steer‐
ing column lock control unit - J764- has already been fitted to
the new steering column.

4. Assembly overview: steering column, right-hand drive 339


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert electronic steering column lock control unit - J764- -1-


with lug into groove -arrow- of steering column.
– Tighten bolt.

Note

♦ If the same electronic steering column lock control unit - J764-


has been reinstalled, the electronic steering column lock con‐
trol unit - J764- need not be readapted.
♦ If the electronic steering column lock control unit - J764- has
been renewed, it must be readapted.
♦ If the steering column is renewed, the electronic steering col‐
umn lock control unit - J764- has already been mounted on the
new steering column and does not have to be transferred.

If electronic steering column lock control unit - J764- has been


renewed, the electronic steering column lock control unit - J764-
must be adapted.
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep. Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Body work (Rep. Gr. 01;50;...77)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

05_access and start authorisation => J393

09_access and start authorisation, functions

Specified torque

Component Specified torque


ELS control unit - J764- to steering column 5 Nm

4.5 Removing and installing control unit for


electrically adjustable steering column -
J866-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Perform the following steps:


Removing
– Remove steering column ⇒ page 331 .

340 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Release and pull off connector -1-.


– Unscrew screw -arrow-.
– Slightly raise control unit for electrically adjustable steering
column - J866- -2- and lift it off steering column.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

– Insert control unit for electrically adjustable steering column -


J866- -1- with lug into groove -arrow- of steering column.
– Tighten bolt.
If an electrically adjustable steering column is renewed, the con‐
trol unit for electrically adjustable steering column - J866- has
already been mounted on the new steering column and does not
have to be transferred.
If control unit for electrically adjustable steering column - J866-
has been renewed, the control unit for electrically adjustable
steering column - J866- must be adapted.
Use ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

09 Onboard power supply control unit J519

09 Functions of onboard power supply control unit

Coding control unit for electrically adjustable


steering column J866

Follow instructions on screen to perform adaption.


If the control unit for the electrically adjustable steering column -
J866- is renewed, basic setting must be carried out.
Use ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

09 Onboard power supply control unit J519

09 Functions of onboard power supply control unit

Basic settings for control unit for electrically ad-


justable steering column - J866

Follow instructions on screen to perform basic setting.


Specified torque

Component Specified torque


Control unit for electrically adjustable steering column 5 Nm
- J866- to steering column

4. Assembly overview: steering column, right-hand drive 341


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5 Assembly overview: power steering, left-hand drive vehicle

1 - Hexagon bolt
❑ 9 Nm
2 - Heat shield
3 - Power steering rack
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 343
4 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Tapered hole must be
free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with
a dry cloth but do not
use cleaning solutions.
❑ Various versions
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
5 - Self-locking nut
❑ 90 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
6 - Subframe
7 - Hexagon bolt
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
8 - Hexagon bolt
❑ 9 Nm
9 - Heat shield
10 - Nut
❑ 90 Nm + 90°
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
11 - Hexagon bolt
❑ 9 Nm
12 - Servotronic solenoid valve - N119-
13 - Seal
❑ Renew
14 - Pressure line
15 - Return line
16 - Union nut
❑ 32 Nm

342 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

5.1 Removing and installing power-assisted steering rack, left-hand drive ve‐
hicle

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hose clamp - 3094-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-
Perform the following steps:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, front; Rep.
gr. 50 ; Noise insulation .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.

5. Assembly overview: power steering, left-hand drive vehicle 343


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Detach suction hose from servo oil container -2-.


1- Hose clamp - 3094-
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, front; Rep.
gr. 50 ; Noise insulation .

– Detach return line.


1- Hose clamp - 3094-

– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove complete‐
ly.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Push track rod ball joint off wheel bearing housing and remove
nut.
1- Ball joint puller - T10187-

– Unbolt left track rod from steering rack.


1- Open-end spanner attachment - V.A.G 1923-
2- Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

344 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts (if any) -arrows-.


– Remove heat shield -1- from steering rack -2-.
– Turn steering rack to full right lock.

– Unscrew and remove bolt -arrow- of universal joint -1-.


– Pull universal joint -1- off power-assisted steering rack -2-.

– Release connector -1- at solenoid valve for Servotronic and


pull off. - N119- .

– Unbolt hydraulic line bracket -1-.


– Disconnect pressure and return lines -2- from steering rack.

5. Assembly overview: power steering, left-hand drive vehicle 345


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew and remove bolted connection -arrow- of heat shield


-1-.
– Remove heat shield.

– Unscrew bolted connection -arrow- of steering rack.

346 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Push steering rack to right side of vehicle


-direction of arrow 1-.
– Swing steering rack down on left side.
– Then remove steering rack first to left side of vehicles and then
downwards -direction of arrow 2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:
– Bleed steering system ⇒ page 398 .
– Check steering system for leaks ⇒ page 398 .
– Check hydraulic fluid level, and top up fluid if necessary
⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 17.1 ; Power steering: Checking fluid
level .
– Install wheels and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Check wheel alignment after completing the installation
⇒ page 286 .
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender - G85- .
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

16 Steering column electronics control unit J527

16 Functions of steering column electronics control


unit

16 Basic settings of steering column electronics con-


trol unit (Rep. Gr. 94)

Follow instructions on screen to perform basic setting.

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Union joint of pressure and return lines at steering rack 32 Nm
Universal joint to steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolt

Heat shield to steering rack on right (if there is one) 9 Nm


Heat shield on steering rack/universal joint 9 Nm
Track rod to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm
♦ Use new bolts

Track rod to steering rack 100 Nm


Steering box to subframe 90 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts and nuts.

Bracket for hydraulic lines on steering rack 9 Nm

5. Assembly overview: power steering, left-hand drive vehicle 347


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

6 Assembly overview: power steering, right-hand drive vehicle

1 - Heat shield
2 - Hexagon bolt
❑ 10 Nm
3 - Self-locking nut
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
4 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Tapered hole must be
free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with
a dry cloth but do not
use cleaning solutions.
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
5 - Self-locking nut
❑ 90 Nm
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
6 - Power steering rack
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 349
7 - Subframe
8 - Hexagon bolt
❑ 90 Nm + turn 90° further
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
9 - Heat shield
10 - Hexagon bolt
❑ 9 Nm
11 - Union nut
❑ 30 Nm
12 - Return line
13 - Pressure line
14 - Seal
❑ Always renew
15 - Servotronic solenoid valve - N119-

348 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

6.1 Removing and installing power steering rack, right-hand drive vehicle

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hose clamps to 25 mm - 3094-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383 A-

6. Assembly overview: power steering, right-hand drive vehicle 349


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, front; Rep.
gr. 50 ; Noise insulation .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Clamp off pressure and return lines using hose clamps -
3094- .
– Unscrew bolts from steering rack -arrow-.
– Open retainer -1- and remove return line.

– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove complete‐
ly.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Push track rod ball joint off wheel bearing housing and remove
nut.
1- Ball joint puller - T10187-

– Remove bolts -1- from steering rack and remove heat shield.

350 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Disconnect pressure and return lines -1- from steering rack


and pull out downwards.
– If installed, disconnect connector -2- on Servotronic solenoid
valve - N119- .

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove shield -1-.


– Unscrew bolt for universal joint and pull universal joint off
steering rack.

– Unbolt steering rack securing bolts -arrows- from subframe.

– Remove connecting bolts -1- to -3- for front final drive -A- on
subframe -B-.
– Insert support from trolley jack in engine and gearbox jack -
V.A.G 1383 A- .
– Lift front final drive with engine and gearbox jack - V.A.G 1383
A- .

6. Assembly overview: power steering, right-hand drive vehicle 351


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew rear bolts for subframe -arrow- on both sides of ve‐


hicle.
– Lower subframe as far as possible.
– Remove steering rack to right side of vehicle.
Installing
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐
ing:
– Bleed steering system ⇒ page 398 .
– Check steering system for leaks ⇒ page 398 .
– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Install wheels and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Check wheel alignment after completing the installation
⇒ page 286 .
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender - G85- .
Use the vehicle diagnosis system, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- .
Body (Rep.-Gr. 01;27;50;...97)

Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01;27;90;...97)

01_Self-diagnosis compatible systems

16 Steering column electronics control unit J527

16 Functions of steering column electronics control


unit

16 Basic settings of steering column electronics con-


trol unit (Rep. Gr. 94)

Follow instructions on screen to perform basic setting.

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Pressure and return lines to steering rack 32 Nm
Clamps on steering rack 9 Nm
Universal joint to steering rack 20 Nm + 90°
♦ Use new bolts.

Heat shield to steering rack 9 Nm


Track rod to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm
♦ Use new nuts.

Steering box to subframe 90 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new bolts and nuts.

Front final drive to subframe 90 Nm + 90°


♦ Use new bolts and nuts.

Subframe to body 120 Nm + 180°


♦ Use new bolts.

352 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

7 Repairing power steering rack

7.1 Assembly overview: power steering rack, left-hand drive vehicle

1 - Right track rod ball joint


❑ Marked with an “R”
⇒ page 355
❑ Check that dust caps
are undamaged and
correctly seated.
❑ Tapered pin must be
free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with
a dry cloth but do not
use cleaning solutions.
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 356
2 - Hexagon nut
❑ 70 Nm
3 - Spring-type clip
4 - Boot
❑ Check for damage
❑ Do not twist when ad‐
justing track.
5 - Clip
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
6 - Track rod
❑ 100 Nm
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 354
7 - Seal
❑ Also replace if boot re‐
moved ⇒ page 358
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
8 - Power steering rack
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 343
9 - Left track rod ball joint
❑ Marked with an “L” ⇒ page 355
❑ Check that dust caps are undamaged and correctly seated.
❑ Tapered pin must be free of oil and grease.
❑ If necessary, clean with a dry cloth but do not use cleaning solutions.
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 356

7. Repairing power steering rack 353


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

7.2 Removing and installing track rod

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-


♦ Open-end spanner attachment - V.A.G 1923-
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-
♦ Locking pliers - VAS 6199-
Carry out the following work:
Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
Continued for both vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

354 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove complete‐
ly.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Push track rod off wheel bearing housing and remove nut.
1- Ball joint puller - T10187-
– Clean outside of power steering rack in vicinity of boot.

– Open clamps -arrows- and push boot back.

– Unscrew track rod.


1- Open-end spanner attachment - V.A.G 1923-
2- Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
Installing
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐
ing:
If the boot has been pulled off the steering rack, the sealing ring
⇒ Item 7 (page 353) on the steering rack must be replaced at the
same time.

– Make sure that correct track rod ball joint is installed on each
side.
I - Track rod ball joint on left marked with an “L”
II - Track rod ball joint on right marked with an “R”

7. Repairing power steering rack 355


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Tighten track rod.


1- Open-end spanner attachment - V.A.G 1923-
2- Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-
– Check boots for wear (splits, tears) and check sealing surfaces
for soiling.
– Install boot and clamp.

Note

Only use original clamp.

Continue installation in reverse order of removal.


– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Check wheel alignment after completing the installation
⇒ page 286 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Track rod to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm
♦ Use new bolts

Track rod to steering rack 100 Nm

7.3 Removing and installing track rod ball


joint
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ball joint puller - T10187-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332-

356 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Carry out the following work:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Loosen nut -1-.
– Mark position of track rod ball joint on track rod.

– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove complete‐
ly.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint pin.

– Push track rod off wheel bearing housing and remove nut.
1- Ball joint puller - T10187-
– Unscrew track rod ball joint from track rod.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

7. Repairing power steering rack 357


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Make sure that correct track rod ball joint is installed on each
side.
I - Left track rod ball joint
II - Right track rod ball joint
– Screw track rod ball joint onto track rod as far as previously
applied mark and secure with lock nut.
– Insert track rod ball joint into wheel bearing housing.
– Bolt track rod ball joint with new nut.
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .
– Check wheel alignment after completing the installation
⇒ page 286 .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Track rod ball joint to wheel bearing housing 90 Nm
♦ Use new bolts

Track rod ball joint to track rod 70 Nm


♦ Use new bolts

7.4 Removing and installing bellows

Note

♦ If boot is defective, moisture and dirt will enter steering rack.


There must be a palpable film of grease in the area of the teeth
on the steering rack. If there is no film of grease, the steering
rack must be renewed.
♦ The steering rack must be renewed:
♦ In the event of corrosion.
♦ In the event of damage.
♦ In the event of excessive wear
♦ In the event of soiling on the steering rack.

Carry out the following work:


Removing
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .
Continued for both vehicles
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position.
– Remove wheel.
– Clean outside of steering rack in vicinity of boot.

358 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

No dirt must be allowed to enter the steering rack through a de‐


fective rubber boot during this operation.
– Remove track rod ball joint ⇒ page 356 .
– Open hose clips -arrows-.
– Pull boot off steering rack housing and track rod.
Installing
Always renew sealing rings ⇒ Item 7 (page 353) on steering rack.
Before installation, steering rack must be coated with steering
rack grease - AOF 063 000 04- provided in repair set.

Caution

Never use any other grease.

To grease, turn steering to full lock on each side in succession.


– Grease steering rack on toothed side using steering rack
grease - AOF 063 000 04- .
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position.

– Push boot onto track rod and steering rack and secure with
new clamps -arrows-.
– Install track rod ball joint ⇒ page 356 .
– Install wheel and tighten bolts or nuts ⇒ page 285 .

7. Repairing power steering rack 359


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

8 Vane pump, 6-cylinder petrol engine

8.1 Checking vane pump delivery pressure, 6-cylinder petrol engine

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hose clamps to 25 mm - 3094-


♦ Power steering tester - V.A.G 1402-
♦ Adapter - V.A.G 1402/2-
♦ Adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6-
♦ Adapter set - V.A.G 1402/17-

360 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Clamp off suction hose with hose clamp - 3094- -1-.


– Remove bolts -2- and pull pressure line out of vane pump.

– Connect power steering tester - V.A.G 1402- with adapters as


shown in figure.
1- Power steering tester - V.A.G 1402-
2- Hose from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6-
3- Bolt
4- Pressure line
5- Adapter - V.A.G 1402/17-2- 1 with angled piece -
V.A.G 1402/17-3-
6- Vane pump
7- Adapter - V.A.G 1402/17-1- with angled piece -
V.A.G 1402/17-3-
1)If seal is leaking or damaged on adapter - V.A.G 1402/17-1- ,
replace it with new seal ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue“ETKA” .

Note

♦ Position angled piece - V.A.G 1402/17-3- on adapter -


V.A.G 1402/17-1- so that the hose from adapter set -
V.A.G 1402/6- does not lie on pulley and/or on poly V-belt.
♦ Tighten union nut of angled piece - V.A.G 1402/17-3- and hose
from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6- hand-tight using an open-
end spanner.

– Take hose clamp - 3094- off suction hose.

8. Vane pump, 6-cylinder petrol engine 361


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Ensure that lever on pressure gauge is in position -2-.


– Start engine and if necessary replenish hydraulic fluid in res‐
ervoir.
– Turn steering wheel approx. 10 times from lock to lock.
– Now, check delivery pressure.
Prerequisites for testing:
• V-belt and V-belt tension OK.
• System must be free of leaks
• Hoses and lines must not be kinked or restricted

– With engine idling, close shut-off valve (position -1-) for no


longer than 5 seconds and note pressure.
Specification for delivery pressure:
120 … 128 bar
If specification is not attained, renew vane pump.
– Remove pressure gauge and adapter.
– Bleed steering system ⇒ page 398 .
– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Check steering system for leaks ⇒ page 398 .

8.2 Assembly overview: vane pump, 6-cylinder petrol engine


There is no provision for repairing the vane pump. If problems are
reported, determine the cause by means of a pressure test and a
leakage test. If a fault is found, the vane pump unit must be re‐
newed.

Note

♦ Always renew seals.


♦ Do not re-use hydraulic fluid which has been drained off.
♦ Always check steering system for leaks if fluid level in reservoir is low.
♦ If leakage appears near pipe connections, first check lines and connections for leaks, tighten connections
as necessary and wipe dry.
♦ Vane pumps taken from parts stock contain no fluid. Therefore it is essential to fill vane pump with hydraulic
fluid - G 004 000 M2 - and to rotate pump by hand prior to installation. Otherwise vane pump may be damaged
or be noisy during operation.
♦ Fluid type: hydraulic fluid - G 004 000 M2 -

362 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

1 - Bracket
2 - Bush
❑ Drive bush back slightly
when installing vane
pump.
3 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
4 - Pressure line

Note

When installing, press on to stop in


vane pump.

5 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
6 - Seal
❑ Always renew
7 - Suction hose
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion on vane pump:
marking -arrow A- must
align with marking
-arrow B- on vane
pump.
8 - Spring-type clip
❑ Install on marking on
suction hose.
9 - Vane pump
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 363
❑ Fill with hydraulic fluid before installing.
❑ Checking delivery pressure ⇒ page 360
10 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
❑ Qty. 3
11 - Pulley
12 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
❑ Qty. 2

8.3 Removing and installing vane pump, 6-


cylinder petrol engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required

8. Vane pump, 6-cylinder petrol engine 363


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Hose clamps up to 25 mm - 3094-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

Perform the following steps:


Removing

WARNING

When performing any repair work, especially in the engine


compartment, pay attention to the following due to the cramped
conditions:
♦ Correctly route lines of all kinds (for example for fuel, hy‐
draulic fluid, activated charcoal filter system, coolant, re‐
frigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical cables. The
original route of the lines must be restored.
♦ Ensure that there is sufficient clearance to all moving or
hot components.

Vehicles with air spring struts


– Activate car jacking mode and place vehicle on lifting platform
⇒ page 259 .

364 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Continued for all vehicles


– Clamp off suction hose with hose clamp - 3094- -1-.
– Remove bolts -2- and pull pressure line out of vane pump.
– Remove front noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, front;
Rep. gr. 50 ; Noise insulation .

– Open spring-type clip -1- and pull suction hose off vane pump.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.


– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Dismantling and assem‐
bling engine; Removing and installing poly V-belt .
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove belt pulley -1-.

8. Vane pump, 6-cylinder petrol engine 365


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove vane pump -1- from brack‐
et.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

Note

♦ Renew gaskets and seals.


♦ Before fitting a new power steering pump, put in hydraulic fluid
at the inlet and turn pump by hand until fluid flows out at the
pressure outlet.
♦ Before mounting, ensure that hose union and suction hose are
free of oil and grease.
♦ Secure all hose connections with new hose clips ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA” .

– Install vane pump, initially tightening only front bolts.

– Install poly V-belt and check belt alignment ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ;


Dismantling and assembling engine; Removing and installing
poly V-belt .

Note

When installing poly V-belt, make sure that it is correctly seated


on poly V-belt pulley.

– Bleed steering system ⇒ page 398 .


– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Check steering system for leaks ⇒ page 398 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Poly-V-belt pulley to vane pump 22 Nm
Pressure line to vane pump 9 Nm
♦ Use new oil seal

Vane pump to bracket 22 Nm

366 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

9 Vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine

9.1 Checking vane pump delivery pressure, 6-cylinder diesel engine

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hose clamps to 25 mm - 3094-


♦ Power steering tester - V.A.G 1402-
♦ Adapter - V.A.G 1402/2-
♦ Adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6-
♦ Adapter set - V.A.G 1402/17-

9. Vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine 367


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Carefully pull design cover off the 4 retaining bolts -arrows-.

– Remove air ducting hose -1-.

– Clamp suction hose with hose clamp - 3094- .


– Remove bolts -1- and pull pressure line out of vane pump.

368 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Connect power steering tester - V.A.G 1402- with adapters as


shown in figure.
1- Power steering tester - V.A.G 1402-
2- Hose from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6-
3- Bolt
4- Pressure line
5- Adapter - V.A.G 1402/17-2- 1 with angled piece -
V.A.G 1402/17-3-
6- Vane pump
7- Adapter - V.A.G 1402/17-1- with angled piece -
V.A.G 1402/17-3-
1)If seal is leaking or damaged on adapter - V.A.G 1402/17-1- ,
replace it with new seal ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue“ETKA” .

Note

♦ Position angled piece - V.A.G 1402/17-3- on adapter -


V.A.G 1402/17-1- so that the hose from adapter set -
V.A.G 1402/6- does not lie on pulley and/or on poly V-belt.
♦ Tighten union nut of angled piece - V.A.G 1402/17-3- and hose
from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6- hand-tight using an open-
end spanner.

– Take hose clamp - 3094- off suction hose.

Ensure that lever on pressure gauge is in position -2-.

9. Vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine 369


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Install air ducting hose -1-.


– Start engine and if necessary replenish hydraulic fluid in res‐
ervoir.
– Turn steering wheel approx. 10 times from lock to lock.
– Now, check delivery pressure.
Prerequisites for testing:
• V-belt and V-belt tension OK.
• System must be free of leaks
• Hoses and lines must not be kinked or restricted

– With engine idling, close shut-off valve (position -1-) for no


longer than 5 seconds and note pressure.
Specification for delivery pressure:
120 … 128 bar
If specification is not attained, renew vane pump ⇒ page 372 .
– Remove pressure gauge and adapter.
– Bleed steering system ⇒ page 398 .
– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Check steering system for leaks ⇒ page 398 .

9.2 Assembly overview - vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine


There is no provision for repairing the vane pump. If problems are
reported, determine the cause by means of a pressure test and a
leakage test. If a fault is found, the vane pump unit must be re‐
newed.

Note

♦ Always renew seals.


♦ Do not re-use hydraulic fluid which has been drained off.
♦ Always check steering system for leaks if fluid level in reservoir is low.
♦ If leakage appears near pipe connections, first check lines and connections for leaks, tighten connections
as necessary and wipe dry.
♦ Vane pumps taken from parts stock contain no fluid. Therefore it is essential to fill vane pump with hydraulic
fluid - G 004 000 M2 - and to rotate pump by hand prior to installation. Otherwise vane pump may be damaged
or be noisy during operation.
♦ Fluid type: hydraulic fluid - G 004 000 M2 -

370 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

1 - Bracket
2 - Bush
❑ Drive bush back slightly
when installing vane
pump.
3 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
4 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
5 - Pressure line

Note

When installing, press on to stop in


vane pump.

6 - Seal
❑ Always renew
7 - Suction hose
❑ Note installation posi‐
tion on vane pump:
marking -arrow A- must
align with marking
-arrow B- on vane
pump.
8 - Spring-type clip
❑ Install on marking on
suction hose.
9 - Vane pump
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 372
❑ Fill with hydraulic fluid before installing.
❑ Checking delivery pressure ⇒ page 367
10 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
❑ Qty. 3
11 - Pulley
12 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
❑ Qty. 2

9. Vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine 371


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

9.3 Removing and installing vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hose clamps up to 25 mm - 3094-


♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
♦ Pin wrench - 3212-
♦ Insert tool - T40087-

372 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Perform the following steps:


Removing

WARNING

When performing any repair work, especially in the engine


compartment, pay attention to the following due to the cramped
conditions:
♦ Correctly route lines of all kinds (for example for fuel, hy‐
draulic fluid, activated charcoal filter system, coolant, re‐
frigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical cables. The
original route of the lines must be restored.
♦ Ensure that there is sufficient clearance to all moving or
hot components.

– Carefully pull design cover off the 4 retaining bolts -arrows-.

– Remove air ducting hose -1-.

– If part of equipment, release middle of air guide tube -4- and


swing tube upwards slightly. Remove bolts -1- and -2- and
loosen bolt -3- for this.

Note

Ensure that no parts are damaged when swivelling the air guide
tube -4-.

– Mark running direction of poly V-belt.


– Remove poly V-belt ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Dismantling and assem‐
bling engine; Removing and installing poly V-belt .

9. Vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine 373


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, counterhold poly V-belt pulley with pin


wrench - 3212- for this.

– Clamp suction hose with hose clamp - 3094- .


– Open spring-type clip -1- and pull suction hose off vane pump.
– Remove bolts -2- and pull pressure line out of vane pump.

– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove vane pump -1- from brack‐
et.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

Note

♦ Renew gaskets and seals.


♦ Before fitting a new power steering pump, put in hydraulic fluid
at the inlet and turn pump by hand until fluid flows out at the
pressure outlet.
♦ Before mounting, ensure that hose union and suction hose are
free of oil and grease.
♦ Secure all hose connections with new hose clips ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA” .

– Install vane pump, initially tightening only front bolts.

374 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Install poly V-belt and check belt alignment ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ;


Dismantling and assembling engine; Removing and installing
poly V-belt .

Note

When installing poly V-belt, make sure that it is correctly seated


on poly V-belt pulley.

1 - Poly V-belt pulley - alternator


2 - Idler roller
3 - Idler roller
4 - Poly V-belt pulley - coolant pump
5 - Poly V-belt pulley - power steering vane pump
6 - Poly V-belt pulley - air conditioner compressor
7 - Tensioning roller
8 - Poly V-belt pulley - crankshaft
– Bleed steering system ⇒ page 398 .
– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Check steering system for leaks ⇒ page 398 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Poly-V-belt pulley to vane pump 22 Nm
Pressure line to vane pump 9 Nm
♦ Use new oil seal

Vane pump to bracket 22 Nm

9. Vane pump, 6-cylinder diesel engine 375


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10 Vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and die‐


sel engine

10.1 Checking vane pump delivery pressure, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hose clamps to 25 mm - 3094-


♦ Power steering tester - V.A.G 1402-
♦ Adapter - V.A.G 1402/2-
♦ Adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6-
♦ Adapter set - V.A.G 1402/19-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

376 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

♦ Adapter set - V.A.G 1402/19-

♦ Drip tray for workshop hoist - VAS 6208-

Prerequisites for testing:


• V-belt and V-belt tension OK.
• System must be free of leaks
• Hoses and lines must not be kinked or restricted
– Disconnect return hose -2- from hydraulic fluid reservoir.
1- Hose clamp - 3094-
– Remove noise insulation at rear ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Assembly overview - noise insulation .
– Place drip tray for workshop hoist - VAS 6208- beneath vehi‐
cle.

– Detach return line.


1- Hose clamp - 3094-

10. Vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine 377


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Unscrew bolt -1-.


– Unscrew union nut -2- and pull the return line -2- out of the
steering rack.

– Unscrew union nut -1- and pull pressure line -2- out of the
steering rack.

– Secure power assisted steering tester - V.A.G 1402- -3- to an‐


ti-roll bar -1 - using a cable tie -2-.

– Screw the adapter from the adapter set - V.A.G 1402/19-1-


into steering rack -2-.
– Connect adapter - V.A.G 1402/2- -3- with the adapter from
adapter set - V.A.G 1402/19-1- .
– Connect hose from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6- with power
steering tester - V.A.G 1402- .
– Connect the adapter from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6- with the
hose from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6- -4-.

378 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Connect pressure line -1- with the adapter from adapter set -
V.A.G 1402/6- -2-.
– Connect adapter from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6- -2- with the
hose from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/6- -3-.

– Screw return line -1- with union nut -3- to steering rack -2- and
tighten to prescribed torque.

– Remove hose clamp - 3094- -1- of return line.

– Remove hose clamp - 3094- -1- from return hose -2-.

10. Vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine 379


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Ensure that lever on pressure gauge is in position -2-.


– Start engine and if necessary replenish hydraulic fluid in res‐
ervoir.
– Turn steering wheel approx. 10 times from lock to lock.

Note

♦ To avoid damaging the pump, please note the following points:


♦ During this test, the shut-off valve of the pressure gauge must
not remain closed for more than 10 seconds.
♦ Start engine without pressing accelerator and leave it running
at idling speed.
♦ Take pump pressure reading at idling speed immediately after
starting engine (have second mechanic take reading).
♦ The pressure will drop during the test; the highest pressure
reading is therefore the required test value.

– Now check delivery pressure.

– With engine idling, close shut-off valve (position -1-) for no


longer than 5 seconds and note pressure.
Specification for delivery pressure:
120 … 128 bar
If specification is not attained, renew vane pump ⇒ page 384 .

– Disconnect return hose -2- from hydraulic fluid reservoir.


1- Hose clamp - 3094-

380 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Detach return line.


1- Hose clamp - 3094-

– Unscrew union nut -3- from steering rack -2- and pull out return
line -1-.

– Unscrew adapter from adapter set - V.A.G 1402/19-1- from


steering rack -2-.

– Separate pressure line -1- from the adapter from adapter set
- V.A.G 1402/6- -2-.

10. Vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine 381


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Insert pressure line -2- into the steering rack and tighten union
nut -1- to the prescribed torque.

– Insert return line -3- into the steering rack and tighten union
nut -2- to the prescribed torque.
– Screw in and tighten bolt -1-.

– Remove hose clamp - 3094- -1- of return line.

– Remove hose clamp - 3094- -1- from return hose -2-.


– Remove power steering tester - V.A.G 1402- .
– Bleed steering system ⇒ page 398 .
– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Check steering system for leaks ⇒ page 398 .

10.2 Assembly overview: vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine
There is no provision for repairing the vane pump. If problems are
reported, determine the cause by means of a pressure test and a
leakage test. If a fault is found, the vane pump unit must be re‐
newed.

382 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Note

♦ Always renew seals.


♦ Do not re-use hydraulic fluid which has been drained off.
♦ Always check steering system for leaks if fluid level in reservoir is low.
♦ If leakage appears near pipe connections, first check lines and connections for leaks, tighten connections
as necessary and wipe dry.
♦ Vane pumps taken from parts stock contain no fluid. Therefore it is essential to fill vane pump with hydraulic
fluid - G 004 000 M2 - and to rotate pump by hand prior to installation. Otherwise vane pump may be damaged
or be noisy during operation.
♦ Fluid type: hydraulic fluid - G 004 000 M2 -

1 - Seal
❑ Always renew after re‐
moving ⇒ page 386
2 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
3 - Pressure line

Caution
Insert
• pressure line com‐
pletely when installing.

4 - Suction hose
❑ The marking “P” on suc‐
tion hose must be
aligned with seam on
power steering pump
⇒ page 387 .
5 - Clip
❑ Renew after each re‐
moval
6 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque for ve‐
hicles with manual gear‐
box ⇒ Rep. gr. 34
❑ Specified torque for ve‐
hicles with automatic
gearbox ⇒ Rep. gr. 37
❑ Securing bolt for: gear‐
box/engine/vane pump
7 - Bolt
❑ 25 Nm
8 - Seal
❑ Renew after each removal
9 - Input shaft
❑ Grease all the splines of the input shaft and vane pump.
❑ At the pump end, insert grease into hole and, at engine end, insert grease into hole or grease end of
shaft (see ⇒ Electronic spare parts catalogue “ETKA”

10. Vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine 383


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

10 - Vane pump
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Fill with hydraulic fluid - G 004 000 M2 - before installing
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 384
❑ Checking delivery pressure ⇒ page 376

10.3 Removing and installing vane pump, 8-


cylinder petrol and diesel engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hose clip pliers - V.A.G 1275-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Set of sealing plugs - VAS 6122-


Perform the following steps:
Removing
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, front; Rep.
gr. 50 ; Noise insulation .
– Remove left engine support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10 ; Engine and gear‐
box; Removing and installing engine supports .
– Remove catalytic converter on left ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Particulate
filters and catalytic converters; Removing and installing cata‐
lytic converters .

384 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Open clip -1- and pull suction hose -2- off vane pump.
– Undo bolts -3- and pull pressure line -4- off vane pump.

– Unscrew bolt -1-.


Only for vehicles with 8-cylinder diesel engine

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- and remove bracket -1-.

Note

If necessary, use a commercially available angled multi-point bit


to remove the bolts.

Continued for all vehicles

– Undo bolt -arrow- beneath the vane.

10. Vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine 385


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove bolts -arrows- for vane pump.


– Pull vane pump off engine.

– If necessary, pull drive shaft -arrow- of vane pump out of en‐


gine by hand.

– Renew seal -arrow-.


Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

Note

♦ Renew gaskets and seals.


♦ Before fitting a new power steering pump, put in hydraulic fluid
at the inlet and turn pump by hand until fluid flows out at the
pressure outlet.
♦ Before mounting, ensure that hose union and suction hose are
free of oil and grease.
♦ Secure all hose connections with new hose clips ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA” .

– Grease all the splines of the drive shaft and vane pump ⇒
Electronic spare parts catalogue “ETKA”
– Push drive shaft into vane pump as far as it will go.
– Mount vane pump on engine.

386 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Marking “P” -arrow- on suction hose -1- must be in line with


seam -arrow- on vane pump.
– Install left engine support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10 ; Removing and in‐
stalling engine, removing and installing engine supports .

Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Power steering pump to engine
♦ Securing bolt for: gearbox/engine/vane pump ⇒ Rep. gr. 37

♦ Securing bolts for engine/vane pump 25 Nm

Pressure line to vane pump 9 Nm


♦ Use new oil seal

10. Vane pump, 8-cylinder petrol and diesel engine 387


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

11 Assembly overview: hydraulic lines, 6-cylinder petrol engine

1 - Power steering rack


2 - Reservoir
3 - Clip
4 - Return line
5 - Return hose
6 - Oil cooler
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 391
7 - Return hose
8 - Return line
9 - Suction hose
10 - Vane pump
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 363
11 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
12 - Pressure line

388 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

12 Assembly overview - hydraulic lines, 6-cylinder diesel engine

1 - Power steering rack


2 - Reservoir
3 - Clip
4 - Return line
5 - Return hose
6 - Oil cooler
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 391
7 - Return hose
8 - Suction hose
9 - Return line
10 - Vane pump
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 372
11 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
12 - Pressure line

12. Assembly overview - hydraulic lines, 6-cylinder diesel engine 389


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

13 Assembly overview - hydraulic lines, 8-cylinder diesel engine

1 - Power steering rack


2 - Reservoir
3 - Clip
4 - Return line
5 - Return hose
6 - Oil cooler
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 391
7 - Return hose
8 - Suction hose
9 - Return line
10 - Pressure line
11 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
12 - Vane pump
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 384

390 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

14 Removing and installing oil cooler


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hose clamps up to 25 mm in diameter - 3094-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1410-

Perform the following steps:


Removing

Caution

Observe the following points during all installation work, in par‐


ticular in the engine compartment, due to the space limitations:
♦ Route all the various lines (e.g. for fuel, hydraulics, acti‐
vated charcoal filter system, coolant, refrigerant, brake
fluid and vacuum) and electrical wiring in their original po‐
sitions.
♦ To avoid damage to lines, ensure sufficient clearance to
all moving or hot components.

– Remove front noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exte‐


rior; Rep. gr. 50 .
– Remove front bumper ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 63 .
– Remove impact bar ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 63 ; Front bumper cover; Assembly overview - impact bar .

14. Removing and installing oil cooler 391


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Clamp off suction hose and return hose with hose clamps up
to 25 mm in diameter - 3094- -1-.

– Open clamps -1- and push to side.


– Pull suction hose and return hose from oil cooler.
– Unscrew bolt -arrow- for oil cooler bracket -2- and remove
bracket.

– Unscrew upper bolts for cooler module -arrow- on both sides.

– Unscrew lower left bolts for cooler module -A-:

392 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Push oil cooler -1- to left in -direction of arrow- out of retainers


-arrows-.

– Press cooler module backwards, turning oil cooler so that it


can be removed forwards through guide -arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

Note installation position of bracket -1- on oil cooler.


Lugs -arrows- of bracket -1- must point forwards to oil cooler.
– Bolt bracket -1- on with bolt -2-.
– Push suction hose and return hose onto bracket -1- to stop.

Note

♦ Secure all hose connections with hose clamps corresponding


to series equipment ⇒ electronic parts catalogue “ETKA” .
♦ Oil type: ⇒ electronic parts catalogue “ETKA” .

– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐


tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Bleed steering system and check for leaks ⇒ page 398 .

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Bracket to oil cooler 9 Nm

14. Removing and installing oil cooler 393


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

15 Motor/pump unit

15.1 Assembly overview - motor/pump unit


There is no provision for repairing motor/pump unit. If problems
are reported, determine the cause by means of a pressure test
and a leakage test. If a fault is found, the motor/pump unit must
be renewed.

Note

♦ Always renew seals.


♦ Do not re-use hydraulic fluid which has been drained off.
♦ Always check steering system for leaks if fluid level in reservoir is low.
♦ If leakage appears near pipe connections, first check lines and connections for leaks, tighten connections
as necessary and wipe dry.
♦ Fluid type: hydraulic fluid - G 004 000 M2 -

1 - Motor/pump unit
❑ With power steering
control unit - J500-
❑ No provision for repair‐
ing
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 395
2 - Clip
❑ Install on marking on
suction hose.
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
3 - Suction hose
4 - Seal
❑ Always renew
5 - Mountings
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Check for damage, such
as cracks in rubber, sep‐
aration of metal plate
from rubber, and renew
if necessary.
6 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Pressure line

Note

When installing, press into engine


pump unit as far as it will go.

8 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm

394 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018
❑ Qty. 4
9 - Bracket
10 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
❑ Bracket for coolant line also secured
11 - Bolt
❑ 25 Nm
❑ Qty. 3

15.2 Removing and installing motor/pump


unit
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hose clamps to 25 mm - 3094-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Engine bung set - VAS 6122-


Perform the following steps:
Removing
– With ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth strap ⇒
Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery; Disconnecting and
connecting battery .
Vehicles with air spring struts
– Activate car jacking mode ⇒ page 259 and place vehicle on
lifting platform.
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolt.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

15. Motor/pump unit 395


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

– Remove front left wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,


exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel housing liners .
– Clamp off suction hose -3- using hose clamp - 3094- -2-.
– Open clip -1- and pull suction hose -3- off unions of engine
pump unit -4-.
– Pull connectors -5- and -6- off motor/pump unit -4-.

– Detach pressure line -1- at connecting point -2-.

– Loosen securing nuts -1- at engine pump unit -2- but do not
completely unscrew.
– Remove engine pump unit -2- from bracket.
Installing
Install in reverse order. During this procedure, observe the fol‐
lowing:

Note

♦ Renew gaskets and seals.


♦ Before mounting, ensure that hose union and suction hose are
free of oil and grease.
♦ Secure all hose connections with new hose clips ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA” .

– Bleed steering system ⇒ page 398 .


– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Check steering system for leaks ⇒ page 398 .

396 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

Specified torque
Component Specified torque
Engine pump unit to bracket 8 Nm
Union nut of pressure line to connecting point 40 Nm

15. Motor/pump unit 397


Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 01.2018

16 Bleeding steering system and check‐


ing for leaks

16.1 Bleeding steering system


– Check level of hydraulic fluid and top up if necessary ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet ; Power steering: Checking fluid level .
– Raise vehicle until front wheels are free.
– Start engine and run at idle for about 5 seconds.
– Switch engine off and check level of hydraulic oil.
– Repeat the procedure.
– Start engine again and with engine idling, turn steering wheel
from lock to lock three times.
– Switch engine off and check level of hydraulic oil, if necessary
replenishing it.
– Repeat the procedure twice.
Leave engine off for 2 to 3 minutes to allow air bubbles to escape
from hydraulic fluid.
– Lower vehicle.
– With engine idling, turn steering wheel five times from lock to
lock again.
The system is bled when no more air bubbles rise into hydraulic
fluid reservoir.

16.2 Check steering system for leaks

Note

If hydraulic fluid level in reservoir is low after repairs are comple‐


ted, steering system must be checked for leaks.

– Start engine.
– Turn steering from lock to lock and hold briefly. This produces
maximum possible pressure (only at idling speed).
In this position, the following components must be checked for
leaks:
♦ Pinion seal on steering rack valve housing.
♦ All pipe connections.
♦ Steering rack seals.
This check can only be carried out when the boots are pushed
back.
– Open clip on bellows.
– Push boot back. If hydraulic fluid is visible in steering rack
housing or in boot, steering rack must be replaced.

398 Rep. gr.48 - Steering

You might also like